BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 96

KUMPULAN SOAL-SOAL A. SOAL RAYON A

SOAL SPMB REGIONAL I TAHUN 2005

Text I

Motion sickness comes in many forms, not just sickness. Ninety

percent of the human race is susceptible to motion sickness of one kind or another. Some people become sick when they sit in the backseat of a car; others cannot read or look at a map in any kind of moving vehicle. People get motion sickness on airplanes, motorcycles, amusement park rides, and even on camels! Scientists have learned that motion sickness occurs when the brain is trying to make sense of situation and there are too many conflicting messages. While the eyes are sending one message, the ears are sending a message about balance. The skin and bone joint, sensitive to air pressure send another message.

Many people who have experienced violent motion sickness try to avoid travel. But that is not always possible. So, travelers should employ some well-known strategies to avoid getting sick. The most useful strategy concerns food: eat a light meal before traveling and bring along a packet of plain soda crackers to snack on regularly. Avoid alcoholic and carbonated beverages, high-fat foods, and spices. Care in choosing the location of your seat is another important strategy. In a car, sit at the front and keep your eyes fixed on the horizon.

People who still got sick after trying these strategies can try medical help. Some rely on over-the counter medications, although some of them can make you sleepy. Others use simple ginger capsules to settle their stomach. A large number of travelers use pressure bands on their wrists. It is not clear how these bands work, but they do prevent motion sickness.

1. A suitable title for the text is … . (A) Motion Sickness (B) Inability to Avoid Motion Sickness (C) Effect of Motion Sickness (D) The Worst Kind of Motion Sickness (E) Susceptibility to Motion Sickness

2. A person who gets motion sickness because of … .

(A) sitting in vehicles (B) reading a book while traveling (C) waiting for the airplane to come (D) the conflicting messages received by the brain (E) watching rides in the amusement park

BAB 21

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 97

3. Victims of motion sickness can reduce the chance of becoming sick by doing the following, except … . (A) avoiding spicy food (B) eating a light meal before traveling (C) consuming high-fat food (D) taking the back seat in a car (E) not consuming alcohol

4. From the text we may conclude that … .

(A) basically everyone tends to get sick when they are traveling (B) there is no definite solution to the problem of motion sickness (C) medical help is the best way to cure motion sickness (D) there are so many ways for people to stop getting motion

sickness (E) motion sickness can be overcome by any drug prescribed by a

doctor

5. The meaning of „over-the-counter medication‟ is bought … . (A) outside drugstore (B) in small grocery stores (C) only in drugstores (D) by paying cash (E) without prescription

Text II

In the process of trying to discover the various causes of such

accidents, an investigator considers factors related to the time of day. He collects information on the number of accidents occurring during the various working hours of the day, and by using statistical methods he is able to show that the accident rate increases during the morning and also during the afternoon. Further statistical studies then reveal some of the major contributing factors involved in these accidents.

6. Which of the following would best begin the paragraph above?

(A) So far there has not been enough information about people having accidents at work site.

(B) An industrial firm is concerned about the large number of accidents occurring in a plant.

(C) Investigators have found out that accidents in a plant never occur in the evening.

(D) The result of an investigation shows that accidents in a plant never occur in the evening.

(E) Statistics play a very important role in eliminating the causes of accidents in a plant.

7. The topic of the above paragraph is …

(A) the investigation of causes of accidents (B) The role of statistic for investigators

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 98

(C) working hours and types of accidents (D) contributions of investigators in a company (E) major accidents in the working hours

Text III

Traditional nineteenth-century education is usually associated with the image of a stern teacher standing in front of a blackboard in a one-room schoolhouse, teaching only the three R‟s of reading, writing, and arithmetic, and demanding rote (mechanical repetition) learning in atmosphere of silence and restraint. Accurate or not, that image conflict sharply with modern reality. Today, the typical public school offers students a diversity of subject areas, a plethora educational material, and a variety of activities from creative dramatic to journalism. The modern school complex contains an array of educational facilities. Within the classroom setting, students are encouraged to speak up and engage in guided discussion. In fact, articulate speech and debate are desirable skills. Children are encouraged to interrelate on class projects that are independent of teacher…………….

8. The topic of the text is … .

(A) traditional nineteenth century education (B) the freedom of students to choose from a variety of subjects (C) the role of the teachers in education (D) the difference between traditional and modern education (E) the teaching of reading, writing and arithmetic

9. Which of the following would be the best end the text?

(A) There has been a change in the teacher‟s attitude in the past few years.

(B) Traditional and modern education tends to make students independent.

(C) The development in education, the modern one is less strict. (D) It is the task of modern education to make children creative

Text IV

The field of medicine has not traditionally distinguished between someone who is merely „not ill‟

and someone who is in excellent health and paying attention to the body‟s special needs. Both types have ….10…been called „well‟. In recent years, …11…, some health practitioners …12… to apply the terms well and wellness only to those people who are actively striving to maintain and to improve their health. People who are well concern with nutrition and exercise, and they make point of …13… their body‟s condition – for example through …..14… breast self-examinations or blood pressure checkups. Most important, perhaps, people who are well take active ….15… for all matters pertaining to their health. Even, people who have a physical disease or handicaps may be „well‟, in this

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 99

new sense if they make an …16… to maintain the best possible health they can in the face of their physical limitations. „Wellness‟ may perhaps best …17… not a state that people can achieve, but as an ideal that people can strive for.

10.(A) simple

(B) simply (C) simplify (D) simplified (E) simplicity

11.(A) furthermore

(B) nevertheless (C) therefore (D) moreover (E) however

12.(A) begin

(B) began (C) have begun (D) are beginning (E) who began

13.(A) seeing

(B) watching (C) keeping (D) monitoring (E) caring

14.(A) regular

(B) usual (C) standard (D) ordinary (E) customary

15.(A) respond

(B) response (C) responding (D) responsive (E) responsibility

16.(A) effort

(B) program (C) achievement (D) exercise (E) diet

17.(A) to be viewed

(B) being viewed (C) be viewed

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 100

(D) is viewed (E) to be viewing

18.„What has the donated money been used for?”

„….a school for the needy.‟ (A) We set up (B) Setting up (C) It is set up (D) In setting up (E) Sets up

19.As my friend won the first prize for a scientific writing competition. I

sent him a card saying;‟…….. .‟ (A) Congratulation! I knew you could do it. (B) Wow, I didn‟t know you could write! (C) Was it hard writing for a competition? (D) That‟s good. But you could do better next time. (E) Were there many participants in the competition?

20.„Look at the beautifully carved doors of that house.‟

„Well, in fact it is the house ….. .‟ (A) which I was born (B) I was born in this house (C) In which I was born (D) I was born there (E) where was I born

21.He did not pass his oral examination because he was either nervous

… . (A) or he did not prepare himself well (B) also the preparation was not good (C) or not well prepared (D) but he was not well prepared

22. Interested in developing tourism in Indonesia, …. .

(A) the government cooperate with related education centers (B) there is cooperation between the government and related

education centers (C) the establishment of cooperation between government and

related education centers as been realized (D) cooperation between the government and education centers has

been established (E) It is necessary to establish cooperation between the government

and related education centers

23. „How can you determine student‟s ability in writing?‟ „For a start, … a five –hundred-word essay.‟ (A) the students write (B) the students are writing (C) have the students to write

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 101

(D) the students have written (E) have the students write

24. „There is nothing interesting on TV.‟

„…… .‟ (A) How about movies? (B) Let‟s go to the movies then (C) We have go to the movies (D) Would you mind going to the movies? (E) Well, I‟d like movies.

25. „What is going to happen to the children who have become orphans

due to the tsunami disaster?‟ „Don‟t worry, they … .‟ (A) will take care of (B) will have been taken care of (C) will have taken care of (D) will be taken care of (E) will be taking care of

SOAL REGIONAL I TAHUN 2003

Text I

Nobody actually wants to hurt, the feelings of others but as business

becomes ever more international, it is increasingly easy to get it wrong. There may be a single European market but it does not mean that managers behave the same in Greece as they do in Denmark.

In many European countries handshaking is an automatic gesture. In France good manners require that on arriving at a business meeting a manager shakes hands with everyone present. This can be a demanding task and, in a crowded room, may require great efforts if the farthest hand is to be reached.

Handshaking is almost as popular in other countries – including Germany, Belgium, and Italy. But Northern European, such as the British and Scandinavians, are not quite so fond of physical demonstrations of friendliness.

In Europe the most common challenge is not the content of the food, but the way you behave as you eat. Something are just not done. In France it is good manners to raise questions of business over the main course. Business has its place; after cheese course. Unless you are prepared to eat in silence you have to talk about something – something that is , other than the business deal which you are continually thinking about.

In Germany, as you walk sadly back to your hotel room, you may wonder why your apparently friendly hosts have not invited you out for the evening. Don‟t worry it is probably nothing personal. Germans do not entertain business people with quite the same enthusiasm as some of their European counterparts.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 102

The Germans are also notable for the amount of formality they bring to business. As an outsider, it is often difficult to know whether colleagues have been working together for 30 years or have just met in the lift. If you are used to calling people by their first names this can be a little strange. To the Germans, titles are important. Forgetting that someone should be called Herr Doctor or Frau Directktorrin might cause serious offence. It is equally offensive to call them by a title they do not possess.

These cultural challenges exist side by side with the problems of doing business in foreign language. Language, of course, is full of difficulties – disaster may be only a syllable away. But the more you know of the culture of the country you are dealing with, the less likely you are to get into difficulties. It is worth the effort. It might be rather hard to explain that the reason you lost the contract was not the product the product of price, but the fact that you offended your hosts in a light-hearted comment over the wine served. Good manners are admired but they can also make or break the deal.

1. The topic of the text is … .

(A) managers in International business. (B) Different meanings of handshaking (C) How to address business colleagues (D) Business customs in Europe (E) How to behave during business meals

2. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about

handshaking? (A) It is un common in conducting business in Europe (B) In Scandinavian countries people are not expected to shake

hands (C) Unlike Englishmen, Germans show friendliness by shaking

hands. (D) In France, it is considered impolite not to shake hands. (E) In England, handshaking is not very popular.

3. As business has become more international, … .

(A) all managers should behave in th same way. (B) It is easy for people to make mistakes (C) Countries should maintain their different customs (D) It is important to have a standardized custom (E) Business dealing are based on many y new customs

4. A noticeable cultural difference in one of the European countries is

… . (A) talking about business over lunch (B) discussing food at business dinner (C) addressing people by their titles (D) complaining about different customs (E) showing hospitality to business associates

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 103

5. A businessman might fail in doing business overseas because he … (A) ignores the culture of the host county (B) does not speak the language of his counterpart (C) knows too much about the other culture (D) insist on the acceptance of his product price (E) adapt himself to the cultural environment

Text II

Good ideas often start with a silly question. Bill Bowerman was making breakfast one day. As he stood there making a waffle for his son, he wondered what would happen if he poured rubber into his waffle iron. So, he tried it and the result looked something like the bottom of most sports shoes we see today. Still, when he took this idea to several existing shoe companies he was literally laughed at. In fact, every single company turned him down. Though rather disappointed, Bowerman was determined and went on to form his own company, making NIKE athletic shoes.

6. The text tells us about… .

(A) how meaningless silly questions really are (B) what Bowerman‟s son did for the Nike shoes (C) the process of making waffles for breakfast (D) the unexpected result of Bowerman‟s experiment (E) the first production of the bottom of sports shoes

7. It can be concluded from the text that … .

(A) inventions often occur during breakfast (B) Nike shoes are the first sport shoes (C) Bowerman did all the household chores (D) A waffle iron became a tool in making (E) curiosity can lead to a great invention

Text III

In the last few thousand years many civilizations have risen to a high

level of development and then collapsed. As far as we know none of them had such a sophisticated technology as we developed, but nevertheless they produced remarkable and long lasting artifacts, such as the great pyramids and the sphinx of Egypt, the arch at Ctesiphon and the extra-ordinary stone constructions of Middle America. The civilization of Knossos in Crete even had plumbing on the third floor. Some of these civilizations were destroyed by barbarian inventions, others by earthquakes, fires or other disasters and some in Mexico apparently collapsed purely of the irreversible growth of top heavy bureaucracy. In all of them, however, their collapse has had a central case, which was the run down or degeneration of the overall motivation, spirit, or ethos of the social system.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 104

8. The general reason for the collapse of all these ancient civilizations is … . (A) their inferior technology (B) barbarian invasions (C) the growth of the bureaucracy (D) natural disasters (E) the degeneration of the social system

9. The topic of the paragraph is … .

(A) the development of world civilization (B) sophisticated technology in ancient civilization (C) the fate of civilization in ancient times (D) examples of some ancient advanced civilization (E) the differences in world civilizations

Text IV

Most people who have a sweet tooth consume the equivalent of 20

teaspoons of sugar a day. For the …10…person, there‟s nothing wrong with sugar by itself, unless for the sweet foods in your daily diet are keeping you from eating and drinking the ..11… foods you need. … 12…for people whoa are trying to lose weight or have to watch their blood sugar because of diabetes, too much sugar can be a problem. That is why artificial sweeteners can come in handy. These low calorie sweeteners, report International Food Formation Council, are …13.. to use, provide sweetness without calories, and provide a choice of sweet food. The…14... artificial sweeteners include acesulfame potassium, astarpame, sucralose, d-tagatose and saccharin.

10. (A) sensitive

(B) unhealthy (C) average (D) special (E) common

11. (A) nutrient (B) nutrition (C) nutritionist (D) nutritious (E) nutritiously

12. (A) and (B) But (C) So (D) As (E) Thus

13. (A) safe (B) good (C) harmful

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 105

(D) applicable (E) careful

14. (A) approve (B) approval (C) approving (D) approved (E) approvingly

15. Either the management or the education system of our Institute … to be reviewed to increase the number of graduates next year. (A) that needs (B) to need (C) needs (D) needing (E) they need

16. „Did you get the cheap second-hand computer advertised in the

newspaper?” „No luck. It … when I called them.‟ (A) had been sold (B) has been sold (C) is being sold (D) were sold (E) is sold

17. All new students at this university are required … an English

proficiency test. (A) taking (B) having to take (C) take (D) will take (E) to take

18. As I was talking to client when my phone rang, I had … .

(A) to answer the call (B) answering the call (C) asked to answer the call (D) answered the call (E) my secretary answer the call

19. „I‟d like to book three standard rooms for next week, please.‟

„I‟m sorry, Sir. Our hotel … until the end of the month.‟ (A) it is fully booked (B) we book it fully (C) is fully booked (D) booking it fully (E) to be fully booked

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 106

20. „I‟ve lost a lot of money by investing it in your friend‟s business.‟ “I‟m sorry, you … about his business.‟ (A) had better consult me (B) should have consulted me (C) would rather consult me (D) must have consulted me (E) ought to consult me

21. „What can we do to improve our employees‟ skills?‟

„….. them more training is the first what we can do.‟ (A) Giving (B) We give (C) To give (D) To be given (E) It is giving

22. Impressed by the performance of the new student, … .

(A) he became the chairman of the class (B) the class needed him as chairman (C) a chairman of the class was appointed (D) the teacher appointed him a chairman of the class (E) the class had a new energetic chairman

23. „Had the company been fair in giving bonuses, the employees would

not have gone on strike.‟ From the above sentence we may conclude that … . (A) the employees are still going on strike (B) the company gave the employees fair bonuses (C) the employees were not given bonuses at all (D) the company has lost many employees (E) the employees were very dissatisfied

24. Neither the hotel facilities … ensure a comfortable stay for the

guests. (A) and also its services (B) nor its services (C) and not its hotel services (D) or its hotel services (E) both its hotel services

25. Mr. Sulaiman is a prominent figure among Indonesian scientists;

moreover, people know him as … person. (A) an arrogant (B) a strict (C) a proud (D) a tough (E) a sociable

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 107

SOAL REGIONAL I TAHUN 2002

Text I Three months ago, Mariza Castro left Honduras. Today, she is in the

United Stated, and she has a job. Castro works. Castro works behind the counter at McDonald‟s. Speed is an important part of the work life. Fast-food counter workers are expected to serve customers in less than a minute. At McDonald‟s they say, „Work fast or you don‟t last.‟

Are McDonald‟s workers lucky to have their jobs? Or are they being exploited? The answer depends on who you talk to.

McDonald does many good things. For example, no other company hires more young people than McDonald‟s. More than half of its workers are under 20 years old. McDonald‟s also has good record of hiring minority workers. Thirteen percent of its workers are black. This is better than any other U.S company.

But the burger house has its critics as well. They pay bothered Edward Roddriguez. He worked fo r nearly a year at Los Angeles McDonald‟s. During that time he got only 10-cent raise. „I used to joke that working for McDonald‟s is the closest thing to slave labor in the U.S. today,‟ he says. Today, most McDonald‟s pay about $5.00 an hour. They hire new workers constantly. The restaurant has no other choice because 70 percent of its workers quit or are fired every year.

But McDonald‟s also gets its share of praise. Its best workers move up quickly. Just talk to 17-year-old Ameer Abdur Razaaq of Harlem, New York City. They call me “Young Crew Chief around my Block,” he says. „Where else can I go at my age and be in charge of this many people?” He sees the job as the first step in his career.

However, most McDonald‟s crew members never make it to manager because the job pressure is so intense and the reward so few. As one worker put it, ‟They expect a lot and they don‟t pay you much.‟

1. What should young people who start working at McDonald‟s expect?

(A) To get a good salary raise every year. (B) To serve customers in relaxed way. (C) To have a good start in making career. (D) To be paid s relatively low salary. (E) To work in a friendly environment

2. Who are referred to as minority workers?

(A) McDonald‟s, l is better than any other. (B) Black people and immigrants. (C) Uneducated workers (D) All American Citizens. (E) Unskilled workers

3. Which of the following statement is NOT TRUE according to the

text? (A) McDonald‟s is better than any other US company (B) It is difficult for workers to become McDonald‟s managers.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 108

(C) McDonald‟s can be unfair to its workers. (D) Most employees do not stay long working for McDonald‟s (E) McDonald‟s hires employees but doesn‟t reward them properly

4. We can infer that one of the most important factors in hiring

employees at McDonald‟s is _________ . (A) experience (B) citizenship (C) creativity (D) age (E) leadership

5. We may conclude that the text ______ . (A) mainly criticizes employees working for McDonald‟s. (B) is taken from chapter of a book on marketing (C) examines the employment situation at McDonald‟s (D) server as a promotion to attract employees (E) describes why McDonald‟s becomes so popular among

youngsters

Text II

The government published a report yesterday saying that we need to eat more healthily – more fruit and vegetables, less fat and sugar. So, that means fewer burgers, chips and fried food as well as cutting down on sweet things. We went into central London yesterday at lunch time and asked people what they thought about it. “It‟s got nothing to do with the government what I eat,‟ says Paul Keel, a building worker, and Dorothy Matthews, a teacher, as they ate a beefburger and chips washed down with strawberry milkshake. Tim Kennor, however, welcomes the government‟s advice. Then, we asked the Simpson‟s restaurant‟s manager about it. „I don‟t think people believe all these reports anymore. What they say is good for you in June, they say bad in July. People have stopped taking notice. We serve what we‟ve always served. Almost all of it is fattening.‟

6. The topic of the text is ____ .

(A) people‟s reactions to suggestions on healthy eating habits (B) eating a healthy lunch in Central London (C) the government‟s report on people‟s unhealthy eating habits (D) fattening foods served at the Simpson‟s restaurant (E) the advantages of eating fruit and vegetables

7. What does the restaurant manager think of the report?

(A) People don‟t understand the advice given (B) The government‟s advice is inconsistent. (C) People are more concerned about losing weight (D) Fattening foods are more delicious (E) People will welcome the government‟s advice.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 109

Text III Joe Dogeness received a business degree from a well-known

university in 1986 and took a job with a large company. His career got off to a good start. By 1992, his salary was $38,000, and he was in charge of a five-person analysis team. Joe was not happy with his career progress, however. Although his salary was satisfactory, his level of responsibility was only slightly greater than it had been during his first year or two in the company. He had been stuck in a staff job at the home office for six years and felt that he would like a change. He requested a transfer to a line- marketing job.

He was told that he was too valuable in his current job to be transferred. He was overpaid for a lower level line position, and too inexperienced to be promoted to a middle-or upper-level-line position.

8. Joe couldn‟t be prmoted to a higher position because

(A) he was in charge of a five-person team (B) he was slightly irresponsible (C) he got off to a good position (D) he was needed in his present position (E) he did not have enough experience

9. Why was he unhappy?

(A) He was unqualified (B) He wanted to have a better salary (C) His job was no longer challenging (D) His work took long hours. (E) He had too much responsibility

Text IV

Ecosystem have a structure consisting of producers, consumers,

and decomposers. The producers are the green plants which use light energy …10… living matter from non living matter in the environment, while the consumers are all the animals which directly or indirectly …11.. the green plants. The decomposers, …12, are the bacteria and fungi that change the dead organic material back into simple raw material which can then be used again by the producers. This structure, which is …13.. to maintain the flow of energy and nutrients through the system, consists of the interactions between hundreds or even thousands of …14.. kinds of plants, animals, and microbes which grow, reproduce and die in never-ending cycle.

10. (A) to produce

(B) produce (C) producer (D) produced (E) producing

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 110

11. (A) take care of (B) consist of (C) provide with (D) come from (E) feed on

12. (A) therefore (B) similarly (C) nevertheless (D) in addition (E) on the other hand

13. (A) necessary (B) additional (C) productive (D) specific (E) dependent

14. (A) differ (B) differentiate (C) difference (D) different (E) differential

15. Ecologists are trying to preserve our environment for future generations by protecting the ozone layer, purifying the air and …trees that have been cut down. (A) they will replant (B) in planting (C) to replant (D) replanting (E) should replant

16. „Is my car ready?‟

„I‟m sorry, … because we didn‟t get the spare parts until today.‟ (A) we have fixed it (B) it is still fixing (C) still being fixed (D) we still fixed it (E) it is still being fixed

17. When I go shopping in the city centre, I never drive my car … I won‟t

have the problem of finding a parking space. (A) so that (B) however (C) furthermore (D) even though (E) while

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 111

18. „Does Anto know that Mirna had an accident yesterday?” „I don‟t think so. We … as soon as we were informed. (A) may have told him (B) should have told him (C) had to tell him (D) must have told him (E) had better tell him

19. Can you pick me up around 2.00 pm tomorrow?‟

„I‟m sorry I can‟t …then.‟ (A) am teaching (B) will be teaching (C) have been teaching (D) have taught (E) will teach

20. …. That her mother was taken to hospital when she came home

from school, she dropped her schoolbag and then burst into tears. (A) She knew (B) Known (C) Knowing (D) To know (E) Being known

21. The hardest thing most mountaineers are facing during their

climbing expedition … they have difficulty breathing due to the lack of oxygen to the air. (A) that is (B) which is (C) it is (D) is that (E) that is

22. „When are you going to tell your sister to tell the good news?”

„When she …from her business trip.‟ (A) will be returning (B) is going to return (C) returns (D) was returning (E) had returned

23. „If the company had appreciated Tony‟s success in increasing its market share, he would not think of leaving the company.‟ From the above sentence we may conclude that … (A) Tony has left the company (B) Tony is hunting for another job now (C) Tony has been promoted (D) Tony is successful in his career. (E) Tony will always stay in the same company

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 112

24. „Radio says that most of the streets in Jakarta are flooded at the moment.‟ „I‟m not surprised ; we … so much rain for a week now.‟ (A) had (B) have had (C) have (D) are having (E) had had

25. Hoping to get better income,… .

(A) an offer to work in Medan was accepted by Odie (B) Odie was offered a job in Medan (C) A new post in Medan was accepted by Odie (D) Odie accepted an offer to work in Medan (E) A company offered Odie a job in Medan

SOAL RAYON A TAHUN 2001 Text I

Most large companies do not know how to make the best use of clever people. Employees who criticize the old ways of doing things and want to try out new ideas are disliked both by their colleagues and by their bosses. Comments like „They wouldn‟t listen to me‟ or ‟I kept presenting new product ideas. Only to hear nothing‟ are typical of many a manager who become an entrepreneur. All of this causes frustration, which can quickly lead to boredom. Often, middle managers start to think: „ only another 30 more years of working my way to retirement.‟ At this point, they want to find away out.

They need to get away from a job that is no longer attractive. So they decide to set up on their own. But they need something else, too: the challenge of taking risks. They like people who climb a mountain by the most dangerous route. Entrepreneurial types need to try out new things without knowing whether they will succeed or fail. They also want to prove that they can make it without big company support.

As well as motivation, most successful entrepreneurs have a number of personal characteristics in common. The first is self-confidence, the feeling of certainty that you have got the skills, knowledge and energy to build up your own business. There is also stubbornness, the determination to prove to the boss who rejected your ideas that they were good ideas which can be made to work. Possessing this quality means that you won‟t give up: you have to make your ideas work. 1. The main information of the text is about _____

(A) why a manager prefect to set up his own business (B) how large companies treat their managers (C) when a manager wants to retire from the company

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 113

(D) what kind of new ideas a manager gives to his company (E) why a manager thinks it is important to criticize the company

2. Many managers like to become an entrepreneur because _____

(A) they will no longer obey the company rules (B) they get frustrated of being criticized (C) their new ideas are rejected by their superiors (D) they have been managers for thirty years (E) they dislike their colleagues and bosses

3. We may conclude that a manager who becomes an entrepreneur is

a person who _____ (A) wants to have a large income (B) likes to climb high mountains (C) does not need any support from others (D) dares to take the risks of failure (E) always makes changes to the environment

4. An entrepreneur is expected to be all of the following EXCEPT

_____ (A) motivated (B) confident (C) determined (D) ambitious (E) hesitant

5. „only to hear nothing‟ in line 2 means to be ____

(A) silenced (B) ignored (C) isolated (D) distributed (E) excused

Text II

Cameroon is a West African country of ten million people which has been very successful in growing food for its people, unlike many other West African countries. Since 1971 it has doubled its output of major foodstuffs such as maize and potatoes. Now it is one of the few African countries able to feed it self. This was not the case five years ago when the country was only 75-80% self-sufficient in food. Although isolated pockets of hunger still remain, the World Bank nowadays gives Cameroon money to sustain, not to achieve, self-sufficiency in food production. 6. The text tells us about _____

(A) West African countries (B) Cameroon‟s ability to feed its people (C) Major foodstuffs in West Africa

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 114

(D) Cameroon‟s food production (E) Food self-sufficiency

7. Which of the following statement is TRUE about Cameroon ?

(A) The world Bank financially support Cameroon to maintain its self-sufficiency

(B) Cameroon is the biggest and richest country among West African countries

(C) It was the World Bank which financed the production of food in Cameroon.

(D) Similar to other West African countries, Cameroon has always been self-sufficient.

(E) Cameron has succeeded in its food production because of the fertility of its soil.

Text III

Continued progress in advanced technology is not necessary. Already the technical progress in our world has caused severe pollution in the air and in the water. Although the technical progress is that many inventions whish were developed for good caused are now also used for powerful weapons or have been found to have serious side effects. For example, pesticide put inside particle boards to prevent termites has now been found to be toxic to human life. Technology does not always bring good effects; for example, computers do much work faster than man, but then man loses his job to a machine. Because no man can guarantee that technology will have only good effects and will be used only for the benefit of man, we should delay the continued development of technology. 8. The author‟s purpose in writing this paragraph is _____

(A) to describe pollution caused by advanced technology (B) to show how advantageous advanced technology is for human

beings (C) to have people stop developing advanced technology (D) to explain what further inventions in technology should be made (E) to make people implement advanced technology

9. Advanced technology has made people‟s lives more comfortable;

nevertheless _____ (A) it is causing a lot of damage to the environment (B) many inventions were developed for good causes (C) it helps people to kill termites through pesticides (D) many people are no longer unemployed (E) it si useful and beneficial to people

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 115

Text IV

Many countries realize the dangers of smoking and have tried to ban cigarette advertisements completely so that children never see them, or at least reduce smoking advertisements so that they are not widespread.

But these __10__ are often not successful; on the whole, they have not restricted cigarette advertising. Through their activities, US cigarette companies __11__ these laws even if they obey the wording of the laws. There are a number of ways in whish these companies violate the spirit of laws __12 to protect young people from cigarettes. __13_ some companies don‟t advertise their cigarettes; but they give them away free.

Even more potentially harmful is the involvement of cigarette companies in sports events. They __14_ to be promoting a sports events when, in fact, they are selling cigarettes.

10. (A) intentions

(B) demands (C) interruptions (D) suggestions (E) controls

11. (A) violate

(B) consider (C) omit (D) complicate (E) investigate

12. (A) to intend

(B) intention (C) intentional (D) intended (E) intending

13. (A) Such as

(B) In conclusion (C) For example (D) In addition (E) Compared to

14. (A) to appear

(B) appear (C) appearance (D) appeared (E) apparent

15. All new students at this university are required _____ an English

proficiency test (A) taking (B) having to take (C) take

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 116

(D) will take (E) to take

16. „Whose car is that?‟

„You mean the one _____ in front of the bookstore‟. (A) parking (B) it parks (C) to be parked (D) parked (E) to park

17. _____ for five years in the marketing department, I feel well qualified

to apply for the job of marketing manager advertised in the newspaper. (A) Worked (B) Having worked (C) Have worked (D) I have worked (E) To work

18. „While living in Bogor , we always went to school on foot.‟

This means that we _____ on foot while we were living in Bogor. (A) go to school (B) are going to school (C) used to go school (D) are used to going to school (E) liked going to school

19. She did not tell me where _____ after classes.

(A) she would go (B) she will go (C) she would have gone (D) will she go (E) would she go

20. „Mom, why do you insist on my wearing a jacket ?‟

„_____ I‟m sure it‟s going to be very cold outside‟. (A) Until (B) Since (C) Although (D) So that (E) Because of

21. „I can‟t find my hand phone in my bag!‟ „ Well, you _____ in the car.

Let‟s take a look!‟ (A) may have to leave it (B) had to leave it (C) should have left it (D) may have left it (E) must leave it

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 117

22. „I spilled some ink on my coat.‟ „You must _____ at the laundry immediately (A) clean it (B) have cleaned it (C) have to clean it (D) have to be cleaned it (E) have it cleaned

23. „The hotel is suffering a great loss.‟

„Yes, only ten percent of their rooms _____ (A) being occupied (B) occupied (C) is occupied (D) are occupied (E) they are occupied

24. „Why aren‟t you driving your own car ?‟. ‟It _____

(A) has sold (B) has to sell (C) has been selling (D) has been sold (E) has to be sold

25. „Who is Ismail Marzuki ?‟

„Well, he‟s the composer _____ people consider one of the greatest in Indonesia.‟ (A) whom (B) to whom (C) with whom (D) who (E) of whom

26. „Paula fell asleep in class this morning.‟

„She _____ late last night.‟ (A) must stay up (B) must have stayed up (C) would stay up (D) should have stayed up (E) ought to stay up

27. Smoking can be the cause of many illnesses and respiratory

disorders; _____ it may harm non-smokers. (A) consequently (B) however (C) in addition (D) nevertheless (E) otherwise

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 118

28. „After she had already signed a year‟s rent for the house, she found another that she liked much better. From the above sentence we may conclude that _____ (A) she had to stay in the house for which she had paid the rent (B) she found it more profitable to stay in the house she liked better. (C) she signed a year‟s rent for the house although she did not like it (D) she decided to cancel the house which she had already rented (E) she signed a year‟s rent for the house she liked much better.

29. _____ but he also goes to school in the evenings.

(A) Not only Tono works in the mornings (B) Only Tono does not work in the mornings (C) Not only does Tono work in the mornings. (D) Tono does not work in the mornings only (E) Tono works not only in the mornings.

30. „Had the company been fair in giving bonuses, the employees would

not have gone on strike.‟ From the above sentence we may conclude that _____ (A) the employees are still going on strike (B) the company has given the employees fair bonuses (C) the employees were not given bonuses at all (D) the company has lost many employees (E) the employees were quite dissatisfied.

UMPTN RAYON A TAHUN 2000

Text I

There are three separate sources of hazard in the process of supplying energy by nuclear power. The radioactive material must travel from its place of manufacture to the power station. Although the power stations themselves are solidly built, the containers used for the transport of the materials are not. There are normally only two methods of transport available, namely road or rail. Unfortunately, both of these involve close contact with the general public, since the routes are sure to pass near, or even through, heavily populated areas.

Next, there is the problem of waste. All nuclear power stations produce wastes that in most cases will remain radioactive for thousands of years. It is impossible to make these wastes non radioactive, and so they must be stored in one of the inconvenient ways that scientist have invented. For example they may be buried under the ground, or dropped into abandoned mines, or sunk in the sea. However, these methods do not solve the problem, since an earthquake could easily crack the containers open.

Finally, there is the problem of accidental exposure due to a leak or an explosion at the power station. As with the other two hazards, this is not very likely, so it does not provide a serious objection to the nuclear program. Nevertheless, it can happen.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 119

Separately, these three types of risks are not a great cause for concern. On the whole though, the probability of disaster is still high.

1. The whole text tells us about…

(A) the danger of transporting radioactive materials (B) the way to make radioactive wastes not dangerous for people (C) the potential dangers in supplying energy by nuclear power (D) the accidents caused by nuclear power stations (E) people‟s objections to the establishment of nuclear stations

2. What makes the transport of radioactive materials dangerous for

people‟s lives? (A) the road (B) the containers (C) the rail (D) the power station (E) the heavily populated areas

3. Which of the following statements is true about radioactive wastes?

(A) there will be no more danger when radioactive wastes are buried underground

(B) there is no chance of saving people‟s lives from radioactive wastes

(C) radioactive wastes become non radioactive when they are sunk in the sea

(D) only earthquakes can change radioactive wastes into non radioactive wastes

(E) natural disasters may cause very serious leaks in buried containers of radioactive wastes

4. We may conclude from the third paragraph that the problem of

accidental exposure is caused by… (A) human error (B) an earthquake (C) radioactive wastes (D) hazards (E) bad design of the nuclear station

5. In spite of the problems which are likely to occur in supplying energy

by nuclear power, the writer thinks that… (A) people will strongly object to it (B) the probability of disaster is high (C) hazards should be rigidly controlled (D) it‟s worth conducting nuclear programs (E) there is a great cause for concern

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 120

Text II

Among the various effects of air pollution, climatic changes are slow,

the deterioration of health is insidious, and the damage to plants, animals, or materials seems remote to those not directly involved. But smoke is visible to all, and the stinks of sulfides are all over. As a result, most complaints by individuals to air pollution agencies refer to something that can be seen or smelled.

1. The main information about the paragraph is…

A. the danger of air pollution B. the slow climatic change C. the effects of air pollution D. wastes emitted by air pollution E. complaints about air pollution

2. What is the main idea of the paragraph?

A. The effect of air pollution on people‟s lives can be direct and indirect.

B. People are not directly affected by the damage of plant and animals.

C. People complain about all the pollutants in the air D. Climatic change does not immediately have an effect on

people‟s lives. E. Complaints by individuals have been made to pollution agencies

Text III

Both the sun and the moon appear larger when they are rising or

setting, although there is no real difference in the distance they are from the earth. This perceptional phenomenon, known as the “Moon illusion,” has been studied over the years. Various explanations, including the muscle strain for the person looking up and the comparison of the moon with other things on the horizon that make it appear larger, have been disputed by scientists, but thus far there is no widely accepted explanation of the phenomenon.

3. What is the topic of the passage?

A. Perceived sizes of the sun and moon B. Comparison of objects on the horizon C. Perceptions of distance D. The rising and the setting of the sun and the moon E. The “Moon illusion”

4. Which of the following statements is true about the “Moon illusion”?

A. Through various experiments scientists discovered the causes of “Moon illusion”.

B. Although the phenomenon has been studied for years, scientists don‟t agree about its cause.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 121

C. The already known distance of the sun and moon from the earth explains the “Moon illusion.”

D. All the answers to the question of what causes the phenomenon are the same.

E. Scientists do not think that the mystery of the “Moon illusion” can be solved

Text IV

In canning, heat can be used to destroy bacteria and halt enzyme

activity in food. Bacterial … (10) from external sources is prevented by sealing the food in a can. The can is then heated to a temperature ….(11) to sterilize the contents. The length of time and the temperature….(12) to ensure sterilization depend on the product and on the type of bacteria to be destroyed. It is important that the contents of the can are heated…..(13). An experimental check can be made on the exact temperature in any part of a sample can …(14) it is being heated by inserting a thermocouple into the can.

5. A. influence D. excess

B. effect E. infectiousness C. contamination

6. A. regular D. sufficient

B. convenient E. complete C. operative

7. A. require D. requisition

B. requirement E. required C. requisite

8. A. unity D. uniformly

B. uniform E. uniformed C. uniformity

9. A. while D. since

B. because E. so that C. whereas

10. The acids, salts, and vitamins that fruits furnish are very helpful…. a

balanced and healthful diet. A. to keep D. they keep B. kept E. for keeping C. keeping

11. All the members of the Parliament applauded…. The president was

walking to his seat. A. so that D. as soon as B. although E. while C. even if

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 122

12. ….. a skillful photographer, a person should have both manual skill and a good eye for detail. A. Becoming B. He can become C. To become D. When he becomes E. Having become

13. „You look tired. Why don‟t you take a rest?‟

„I wish…. ; I still have to finish this report.‟ A. I would be able D. I could B. I can E. I had been able C. I will be able

14. „Several hotels in this region are closing down.‟

„That‟s because tourism it self….since last year.‟ A. is declining B. declined C. has been declining D. was declining E. had declined

15. „Does Anto know that Mirna had an accident yesterday?‟

„I don‟t think so. We …as soon as we knew it.‟ A. may have told him B. should have told him C. had to tell him D. must have told him E. had better tell him

16. Not earning enough to support her children after her husband‟s

death,… A. the woman decided to work in Saudi Arabia B. a better-paid job is definitely required C. her children need to be trained to work D. special training is required to improve her skills E. her children should be put into an orphanage

17. „What has made these tourist resorts so unattractive now?‟

„The poor maintenance of….facilities.‟ A. it D. they B. their E. theirs C. its

18. Hanny became the focus of attention when she wore a colorful

dress and….a t my birthday party A. her behavior is foolish B. was a fool C. behaved foolishly

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 123

D. her foolishness E. her foolish behavior

19. „Have you been informed about the exact number of victims of the

airplane crash?‟ „Yes, ….. to the headquarters of Garuda.‟ A. they are faxed B. has faxed C. the victims fax D. it has been faxed E. we fax it

20. „When did the guests come yesterday?‟

„When she…. cooking.‟ A. had just finished B. is finishing C. was finished D. has finished E. finishes

21. „You seem to be waiting for something these days.‟

„That‟s true; I‟m waiting….. for an interview.‟ A. called D. calling B. to call E. to be called C. be called

22. „What‟s wrong with the computer, Widi? Can‟t you do anything

about it?‟ „There appears to be an error in the computer program. I will have the matter dealt with immediately.‟ This means that Widi….. A. is going to fix it immediately B. asked his boss to deal with it C. is going to deal with the computer D. will ask someone to fix it for him E. has dealt with such a problem before

23. „Don‟t you think the bus driver is speeding?‟

„Yes, I‟m afraid he….the lives of the passengers.‟ A. endangered B. will endanger C. would have endangered D. endangers E. would endanger

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 124

24. The books on this shelf, …. Are about child education, belong to my sister –in-law. A. which of most B. in which C. that of most D. most of which E. of which

25. „How‟s the new restaurant?‟

„The food is good but….‟ A. the atmosphere of the restaurant is very easy B. it can be easily reached C. the service needs to be improved D. it is cheaper than any other restaurant E. its parking lot is considerably big

UMPTN 1999 RAYON A

Text I

In almost all developing countries, the lack of adequate supplies of cheap, convenient and reliable fuel is a major problem. Rural communities depend largely on kerosene, wood and dung for their cooking and lighting needs. But kerosene is now priced out of reach of many people and wood, except in heavily forested areas, is in short supply. The search for firewood occupies a large part of the working day and has resulted in widespread deforestation.

Dung is in constant supply wherever there are farm animals and, when dried, it is convenient to store and use. But burning dung destroys its value as fertilizer, thus depriving the soil of a much needed source of humus and nitrogen.

Rural areas of developing countries are also plagued by a lack af adequate sanitation, improper waste disposal spreads disease, contaminates water sources and provides breeding ground for disease-carrying insects.

The problems of improving environmental hygiene, conserving resources, and finding alternative sources of full may be unrelated. Their solutions, however, are not, as many countries experimenting with biogas technology are discovering. Biogas, a mixture of methane and carbon dioxide, is produced by the fermentation of organic matter. The process of anaerobic fermentation is a natural one, occurring whenever living matter decomposes. By keeping the matter – and the process- in a digester or biogas plant, the combustible gas can be trapped and used as fuel for household lighting and cooking. The digested slurry that remains can be used on the land as a soil conditioner and fertilizer. 1. What are the two main problems mentioned in the text?

A. Pollution and the high price of fuel B. Widespread deforestation and the use of dung

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 125

C. The lack of adequate fuel and hygienic conditions D. The lack of humus and nitrogen in the soil E. Contaminated water sources and rural areas

2. What is the text mainly about?

A. Socio-economic problems in developing countries B. The process of producing biogas C. The effect of burning dung on the soil D. Biogas as a solution to many problems E. The disadvantages of using dung as fuel

3. The disadvantage of traditional fuels used in developing countries is

that they---------- A. reduce people‟s energy B. are difficult to extract C. make the soil poor D. do not meet people needs E. cause damage to the environment

4. The main factor causing the lack of adequate sanitation is----------

A. the domestic use of biogas B. the great number of farm animals C. the pollution of water sources D. the badly-managed waste disposal E. the increase of disease-carrying insects

5. Why is the digested slurry of the fermented organic matter considered

valuable? A. It improves the quality of the soil for agriculture B. It increases the export from developing countries C. It is considered a relatively cheap fertilizer D. It is the best fertilizer in the world E. It can be used as fuel for cocking

Text II

Hurricanes generally occur in the North Atlantic from May through

November, with the peak of the hurricane season in September : only rarely will they occur from December through April in that part of the ocean. The main reason for the occurrence of hurricanes during this period is that the temperature on the water‟s surface is at its warmest and the humidity of the air is at its highest.

Of the tropical storms that occur each year in the North Atlantic, only about five, on the average, are powerful enough to be called hurricanes. To be classified as a hurricane, a tropical storm must have winds reaching speeds of at least 117 kilometers per hour, but the winds of intense hurricanes can easily surpass 240 kilometers per hour.

6. The passage mainly discusses

A. the number of hurricanes in a year

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 126

B. the strength of hurricanes C. the weather in the North Atlantic D. hurricanes in a certain part of the world E. hurricanes and disasters of the world

7. Which of the following is TRUE according to the text? A. There are always hurricanes in the North Atlantic all the year

round B. Extremely warm weather and high humidity can cause hurricanes C. Very strong winds are the result of hurricanes D. Hurricanes occur every month from May to November E. Tropical countries have a lot of intense hurricanes

Text III

There are many different causes of car accidents in the United

States. Sometimes accidents are caused by bad weather. Ice or snow can make roads very dangerous. Accident also can result from problems with the car. Even a small problem like a flat tire can be serious. Bad roads are another cause of accidents. some accidents are caused by drinking too much alcohol. In fact, this is one of the most important causes of accidents. 8. What is the paragraph about?

A. Problems with car engines B. Result of car accidents C. The frequency of car accidents D. Weather conditions in the US E. Car accident and their causes

9. Car accident in the US are caused by the following, except

A. drunkard drivers B. bad roads C. unskilled drivers D. icy roads E. a flat tire

Text IV

How much living space does a person need? What happens when

these (10) are not adequately met? Sociologists and psychologists are conducting experiments on rats to try (11) the effect of overcrowding on humans. Recent studies have shown that the behaviour of rats is greatly affected by space, they eat well, sleep well, and reproduce well. But if their living conditions become too crowded, their behaviour patterns and even their health change (12) . They cannot sleep and eat well, and signs of fear and tension become (13) . The more crowded they are, the more they tend to bite each other and even kill each other (14) ,for rats, population and violence are directly related. Is this a natural law for human society as well? Is adequate space not only desirable but essential for human survival?

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 127

10. A. requirements B. influences

C. problem D. resources E. possibilities

11. A. to emerge B. to propose

C. to imagine D. to examine E. simplicity

12. A. to perceive

B. perceptibly C. perceptive D. perceptible E. perception

13. A. tremendous B. registered C. concise D. absolute E. obvious

14. A. However B. yet C. Thus D. Moreover E. Finally

15. Different interpretations on the same event by various

newspapers______ readers confused and angry. A. to make B. they make C. make D. it make E. makes

16. The work _____ computer requires well trained personnel.

A. involved B. involve C. to be involved D. involves E. involving

17. Did I tell you about the girl ____ I met during the student

demonstration last week? A. who B. whom C. whose

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 128

D. of which E. with whom

18. “You look so unhappy, Anton. What‟s the matter?” „My father ___his job‟

A. has just lost B. has been losing C. losing D. is losing E. loses

19. He asked me whether he _____my car to go to the party.

A. can borrow D. may borrow B. might borrow E. would borrow C. ought to borrow

20. We were planning to open a new office in Surabaya, ______ the

economic crisis forced us to postpone it. A. and B. or C. so D. but E. for

21. „What did Ali finally decide?‟ „______ his Master‟s degree in Australia‟

A. He can take B. His taking C. Taking D. Be taking E. To take

22. Have you already been told ____?

A. if the Jazz Festival takes place B. when the Jazz Festival will take place C. whether the Jazz Festival takes place D. why does the Jazz Festival take place E. where does the Jazz Festival take place

23. I am still waiting _____ for an interview.

A. to be called C. be calling E. called B. be called D. to call

24. „Why didn‟t you print your report at home?‟ „I ran out of ink for my printer. It‟s ___ expensive that I can‟t afford it‟

A. such B. very C. so D. such an E. very much

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 129

25. I could not find the museum you told me about. I _____ the wrong bus.

A. must have taken B. should have taken C. should take D. would have taken E. ought to take

26. „When did you take the academic writing course?‟ „Last year, after I ____ Composition II‟

A. complete B. was completing C. to complete D. have completed E. had completed

27. „Let‟s go and have lunch‟ „I‟ll join you later. I had better not stop_____ on this report now‟

A. work D. working B. to work E. am working C. I‟ll work

28. „Having been defeated three times in a row, the boxer decided to give

up fighting‟ means : A. Although he was defeated three times in a row, he

decided to give up fighting B. He decided to give up fighting after he had been defeated

three times in a row C. As he had decided to give up fighting, he was defeated

three times in a row D. He decided to give up fighting, so he was defeated three

times in a row E. When he decided three times in a row

29. „Why are you taking the car to the garage?‟ „______‟

A. I will check the brakes myself B. The brakes will be checked C. I will have checked the brakes D. I will have the brakes checked E. The brakes will have been checked

30. „If the plane had taken off on time, we wouldn‟t have been late for the

opening of the seminar‟ This means that we were late because the flight _____

A. was delayed B. has to be delayed C. was going to be delayed D. had not been delayed E. was not delayed

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 130

UMPTN 1998 RAYON A

Text I

Whales are the largest animals on earth. Bigger than elephants, they may grow 95 feet long, and weigh 150 tons. A baby blue whale, just born, can be 23 feet long and weigh 3 tons.

Although whales live in the oceans and swim like fish, they are not fish. They are mammals, like cows and elephants. Unlike fish they bear young alive, not as eggs. Their babies live on their mother‟s milk. They breathe through their lungs and hold their breath when they go under water. If they cannot come to the surface to breathe fresh air, they will drown. They are warm-blooded. Fish, however, lay eggs, breathe oxygen in the water, and are cold-blooded.

Whales live in all the oceans. In the winter some of them go to warm waters to breed and in the summer most of them go to cold waters to feed. There are two kinds of whales, whales with teeth (toothed whales) and whales without teeth (baleen whales). The toothed whales eat fish and squid, which they can catch with their teeth, although they swallow their food without chewing it. The baleen whales eat plankton (small sea animals and plants). When they find plankton, they open their mouths and swim into the plankton. When they close their mouths they squeeze out the water and swallow the plankton.

Whales have few enemies. Only human and the killer whales attack whales. And whales do not seem to fight among themselves. They usually live from 20 to 30 years.

1. The difference between whales and fish is that whales …

A. do not have to come to the surface to get fresh air B. deliver their young like elephants do C. will die if they cannot get oxygen in the water D. are mammals that are cold blooded E. can easily breathe when they are under water

2. A suitable title for the text is …

A. Large animals on earth B. Difference between whales and elephants C. Whales, the biggest animals on earth D. Similarity between fish and whales E. The life of whales in the oceans

3. Which of the following is TRUE about whales?

A. Whales are generally 95 feet long and weigh 150 tons B. Big animals living in the ocean tend to be their enemies C. Like fish, whales can live in all kinds of waters D. Their life-span is usually longer than human beings. E. A new-born baby whale may weight one-fiftieth of its

mother

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 131

4. Whales occasionally live in warm waters … A. to get more food D. for fresh air B. for reproduction E. to feed their babies C. to avoid winter

5. From the text we may conclude that …

A. a whale can eat both squid and plankton B. toothed whales chew their food before swallowing it C. the two types of whales live in different waters D. baleen whales swallow the water containing plankton E. each type of whale eats a specific kind of food

Text II

People manage to count even when they do not have names for

numbers. Early men demonstrated numbers to each other by counting on their fingers, and some primitive tribes still do this. In fact, some tribes have names for only the numbers “one” and „two‟ and can only indicate higher numbers by pointing to a particular finger. In other tribes, the numbers do have names, but these names are directly connected with finger counting.

6. The text tells us about …

A. early demonstrations of numbers B. the use of fingers in counting C. the importance of numbers D. primitive tribes E. various names for numbers

7. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the

text? A. It was not necessary to have names for numbers in

counting B. Only in earlier days did people use their fingers in

counting C. There are tribes who only consider “one” and “two”

important D. For some tribes, it is unusual to use fingers when

counting E. The words “one” and “two” were unpopular among many

tribes. Text III

The United States and Mexico signed a peace treaty on February 2, 1848. Mexico had to give up much of its land to the U.S. The land included Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, and California. The treaty signers did not know that James Marshall had just discovered gold in California 10 days earlier. Nobody knew this outside of the area near the Sacramento River. One year later, everybody knew.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 132

In 1849 the world heard about the gold discovery. Gold fever brought thousands of people to California. We call the people who joined the gold rush „forty-niners‟. They all thoughts they could become rich quickly. They thought they could stay in California a short time and return home as wealthy people.

8. The main information of the text is about …

A. a peace treaty between the U.S. and Mexico B. James Marshall, the gold miner C. The discovery of gold in California D. The gold rush in the United States E. The dream of the forty-niners to get rich quickly

9. From the text we may conclude that …

A. Mexico regretted that it had to give up California to the U.S.

B. James Marshall did not publicly announced his discovery C. a lot of „forty-niners‟ became rich within a very short time D. California became a place where many foreigners lived E. Mexico made great efforts to win California back.

Text IV

Today no one would deny the genius of Albert Einstein. ….,10 that was not always the case. In his youth, Einstein‟s parents and teachers …..11 him both undisciplined and dull. As a child, he was slow to talk, and his parents were …..12 he might be retarded. As an adolescent, he had difficulty adjusting to the strict discipline of the German high school, and his teachers were not pleased with his …..13. Not surprisingly, he found college little better than high school, and again he …..14 the appropriate academic discipline. In the end, he was able to graduate, but only with the help of a friend who kept him up-to-date on all his courses.

10. A. Since B. But C. So D. Because E. Therefore

11. A. declared B. determined

C. predicted D. accused E. considered 12. A. hopeful C. expectant E. timid B. amazed D. worried

13. A. success

B. increase

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 133

C. advantage D. program E. progress

14. A. achieved

B. served C. lacked D. wasted E. disrupted

15. At the beginning of the semester, each of the students …

given a new timetable. A. he is C. are E. be B. they are D. is

16. „These are all government offices.‟

„ … is your father‟s? A. Which B. When C. Whose D. Why E. What

17. Due to the monetary crisis, the number of people without jobs

… at the moment. A. increase B. is increasing C. increased D. was increasing E. will increase

18. … a few thousand dollars, he went on a tour Europe.

A. Saved B. Have saved C. He has saved D. Having saved E. After he saves

19. Rudi broke his leg in an accident; therefore, … drive him to

work. A. he doesn‟t have to ask Amir to B. he won‟t have to get anybody C. Amir has asked Rudi to D. Amir doesn‟t have to E. He will have Amir

20. „Harry could not pay his school fee because his father was

unemployed.‟ „His rich uncle … him with his school fee.‟

A. may support

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 134

B. should have supported C. might support D. will have supported E. would rather support

21. … I can drive, I often ask my brother to drive me to the city.

A. Since B. When C. Because D. Whether E. Although

22. … at two prestigious universities, Amanda has a hard time

deciding which one to choose. A. Accepting B. She was accepted C. Accepted D. To be accepted E. She was accepting

23. The fact that he was put in prison for something that he had

not done made his wife … A. cry C. cried E. crying B. to be crying D. to cry

24. … is a long holiday after passing your exam.

A. You need B. Why you needed C. What you need D. It is needed E. Whether you need

25. „What are you looking for?‟ „My wallet; I don‟t know where I … it‟.

A. have been putting B. am putting C. had put D. was putting E. have put

26. „Why does the baby next-door keep crying?‟

„As usual, it … by the babysitter.‟ A. is neglecting B. is neglected C. neglects D. is to be neglected E. is to neglect

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 135

27. There was so much noise next door. Our neighbor …from their vacation abroad. A. may come back B. would have come back C. is supposed to come back D. must have come back E. ought to come back

28. „Why do you have to stay at home tomorrow?‟

„ …. my little brother.‟ A. Takes care of B. Taking care of C. To take care of D. For taking care of E. I will take care of

29. The hotel provides good facilities; yet …

A. the occupancy rate is very low B. foreign tourist like to stay there C. it is located on a beautiful beach D. on-the-job training is provided for the employees E. it is advertised in the yellow pages

30. „Why didn‟t you buy those shoes? You seemed to like them.

„I would have if they had been cheaper.‟ The answer means …….

A. I did buy the shoes B. I was not against the price C. the shoes were too expensive D. I looked for a more expensive pair E. the shoes were a bargain

UMPTN 1997 RAYON A

Text I

Measles, a childhood disease, has caused sufferings to mankind for thousands of years. However, the search for an effective measles vaccine lasted two hundred years and has finally ended in success. Now, for the first time, measles is a preventable disease. You may ask, „How is this important to children?‟ Every year, measles kills twice as many Americans as polio now does. More children die from measles than from any other common childhood disease. Also complications of some degree occur in about one child out of six. Most complications include pneumonia and ear disorders. Another after-effect of measles brain damage is less common, but it can have such serious consequences that it deserves special attention. Brain damage due to measles sounds like something far away from our experience. In reality, it is not. Like any other injury, damage to the

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 136

brain can be very slight or very severe. It is quite possible that we have never seen or heard a child who has severe brain damage-the child would either have died or would be in an institution. However, in medical research a relation has been found between measles and such things as behaviour problems, personality changes and dulling of mental ability. For example, a child may be bad-tempered or a little slow to learn after he has recovered from measles.

1. The main information of the text is that …

A. measles has been a disease for thousands of years B. after 200 years of research, an effective measles vaccine was

found C. measles is a serious disease greatly neglected in the past D. a lot of research was done on the complications of measles E. measles may have bad effects on children who get the disease

2. Which of the following statements is TRUE about measles?

A. The number of children in the USA killed by measles is smaller than that killed by polio

B. Medical research revealed that measles my cause brain damage C. In the USA children with brain damage have all been measles

patients. D. Research findings show that pneumonia and ear disorders may

cause measles E. Children who get measles will have pneumonia and ear disorders

at the same time. 3. Which of the following is NOT an after effect of measles?

A. Polio B. Ear disorders C. Personality changes D. Slow learning E. Pneumonia

4. „Or would be in an institution‟ (paragraph 3) The underlined words means : …

A. an orphanage B. a hospital C. a rehabilitation centre D. a company E. a public school

5. One of the important findings of the research on measles is that …

A. children who have measles may become difficult to handle of their behaviour

B. in reality, there are no measles patients who get brain damage C. personality changes already occur at the time a child has measles D. measles can cause children to become physically handicapped E. measles is the first killer of childhood diseases in the word.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 137

Text II

Alternative energy sources are becoming increasingly attractive as the energy crisis becomes more severe. Solar heating systems, which use the sun‟s radiation as a source of energy, are a promising alternative energy source. Nuclear power plants are already in operation in several parts of the country. Government and private industry are even investigating the possibility of capturing the power of ocean waves and tides for conversion into usable energy. Coal is once again becoming an acceptable fuel as the nation searches for solutions to the energy shortage. Even garbage is seen as a potential source of energy. In some communities, garbage is burned to heat buildings and light city streets.

6. The main information of the text is about ….

A. the interest in alternative energy sources B. potential solar heating systems C. the operation of nuclear power plants D. the search power energy from the sea E. the use of coal to replace oil

7. Which of the following statements is TRUE about alternative sources

of energy? A. garbage can be recycled into energy to run factories B. the crisis of alternative energy sources becomes more severe C. energy from the sun seems to be to potentially the best alternative D. coal is considered not suitable to replace oil E. private industries have succeeded in producing energy from

ocean waves and tides Text III

Often people who hold higher position in a given group overestimate their performance, while people in the lower levels of the group underestimate theirs. While this may not always be true, it does indicate that often the actual position in the group has much to do with the feeling of personal confidence a person may have. Thus, members who hold high positions in a group or feel that they have an important part to play in the group will probably have more confidence in their own performance.

8. The topic of the text is …

A. the role of leaders in a group B. self-confidence of group members C. different position in a group D. the relation between high position and self-confidence E. the attitudes of group members

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 138

9. From the text we may conclude that … A. if we left people know that they are an important part of the group,

they will become more self-confidence B. people will get a higher position if they have great self-confidence C. if people have high position, they are confident that they perform

better than others D. people who hold low position in a group often overestimate their

performance E. if people are given high positions they will underestimate people

of low position Text IV

In an age of supersonic airliners, it is difficult to imagine that at the beginning of the twentieth century no one had ever flown in an aero plane. …..10, people were playing in balloons and airships. The airships was ….11 on the principle of the semi-rigid structure. In 1900 Ferdinand von zeppelin fitted a patrol engine to a rigid balloons. The craft was the first really …..12 airships. In 1919 an airships first carried passengers across the Atlantic, and in 1929 one traveled round the world. During this time the design of airship was constantly being …..13 and up to 1937 they …..14 thousands of passengers on regular transatlantic service for million of miles.

10. A. in addition

B. Next. C. However D. Furthermore

E. Consequently

11. A. located B. based C. supported D. decided E. originated 12. A. success

B. succeed C. succeeded D. successful E. successfully

13. A. repaired

B. encouraged C. recovered D. established E. improved

14. A. applied

B. lifted

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 139

C. sent D. delivered

E. carried

15. If he … more confident during the interview, he might have got the job he wanted. A. were B. would be C. could have been D. had been E. was being

16. My brother, who was not used to … a room with someone else, was

quite unhappy when he couldn‟t have his own room in the dormitory. A. sharing B. share C. be sharing D. be shared E. being shared

17. My uncle doesn‟t earn much; … he can send his children to college.

A. however C. therefore E. hence B. end D. so

18. I visited the university of California last year. That‟s the place … my

brother is studying now. A. which B. when C. whose D. whom E. where

19. I wonder how old he is. He was Asti‟s classmate in 1985, so he … at

least twenty-five now. A. will be B. should be C. must have been D. should have been E. shall be

20. The crowd has been waiting outside the hotel for hours just … a

glimpse of the famous singer. A. getting C. get E. to get B. they get D. for getting

21. „When did you realize you had lost your purse?

„When I … money to pay the bus fare.‟ A. was needing B. needed C. had needed

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 140

D. have needed E. am needing

22. Farmers in this area lack means of transport to move their products to

the market. … vital role in the region‟s development has been neglected by the local government. A. Their B. The market‟s C. The farmer‟s D. Its E. The government‟s

23. „Ted, are you going to Tia‟s birthday party tomorrow evening?‟

„I don‟t think so. I … the dentist‟ A. am having to see B. have seen C. have to see D. had to see E. would have to see

24. The young mother cautiously tiptoed into the bedroom in order not to

wake up… A. the sleeping children B. the children slept C. the children were sleeping D. the children sleeping E. the sleeping of the children

25. … Michael Douglas a good actor is his ability to play the role of

different characters so well A. That makes B. Whether making C. What makes D. This is made E. In order to make

26. „Bambang looks very happy today.‟

„Don‟t you know he … to General Manager?‟ A. has promoted B. to be promoted C. being promoted D. has to promote E. has been promoted

27. „This English text on Biology is too difficult for me to read.

„Well, you‟d better … A. translate it B. have it translated C. have to translate it D. have translated it

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 141

E. to translate it

28. Having switched off the lights, … A. it was the door he locked B. the door was locked C. this locked the door D. the door was locked behind him E. he locked the door

29. „There was such a long applause at the end of the play the

performance repeatedly appeared on the stage, bowing.‟ From the above sentence we may conclude that …

A. the players did not perform well B. the play was a great success better C. the viewers got bored of the play D. the play was a popular drama E. the players should have rehearsed

30. „The airline should have accepted the application of Agus, as experienced pilot.‟

This means that : … A. the airline hired Agus B. Agus refused to work for the airline C. The airline did not receive Agus application D. Agus was rejected by the airline E. The airline offered Agus a job

UMPTN 1996 RAYON A

Ultraviolet light means the invisible part of the spectrum beyond violet. This light has always been regarded as very useful because it is used to cure certain skin diseases, kill bacteria, detect counterfeit money, form vitamins. etc Along with the increasingly use of computers in financial activities, Ultraviolet light has been widely applied by bank to identify the signature of their customers in passbook. When a customer opens a new account with a bank , the teller always asks him to sign on a card placed in the signature will be left this can be used to computer with the signature on the customer's withdrawal slip under ultraviolet light. Ultraviolet light certainly has many practical application, but it may also be harmful to human being on some occasions. To everyone 's knowledge, the direct impact of the light on the eyes for an excessive length of time may blind a person. Even though it can cure certain skin diseases . it is also very harmful to the skin . A study just completed in the United States says that the light may cause skin cancer. The ultraviolet rays of the sun have been ranked as the third most dangerous cancer-causing agent after alcohol and tobacco.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 142

It is high time to warn sun-worshippers in the quest for a bronzed look to be careful of excessive and uncontrolled exposure to the sun.

1. We may conclude that the main information of the text is about A. the advantages and disadvantages of ultraviolet light B. the use of ultraviolet light in business C. the application of ultraviolet rays on human being D. the effect of ultraviolet light to people's health E. the danger of ultraviolet light to people's health

2. Which of the following statements about ultraviolet light is TRUE according to the text?

A. Ultraviolet is used by bank for computers B. The position of ultraviolet rays is above the spectrum. C. Skin diseases can only be caused by ultraviolet rays. D. Ultraviolet light, which is part of the spectrum, cannot be seen. E. Ultraviolet light is one of the existing vitamins

3. We may conclude that the writer's main purpose in writing the text is

to … , A. encourage people to get the best advantages of ultraviolet rays B. explain that sunrays consist of violet and ultraviolet rays C. introduce the effective use of ultraviolet light in bank. D. warn people against the alarming dangers caused by sunrays E. ask people to avoid the use ultraviolet light as much as possible

4. We benefit from ultraviolet rays as they can

A. sign customer passbook B. detect false signature C. cure a particular kind of cancer D. check customers deposits E. be a component in medicines

5. Ultraviolet rays may endanger people who

A. take vitamins regularly B. stay indoor C. have skin cancer D. consume alcohol and tobacco E. like sun bathing

Text II

Hospitality is natural in my village. Guests arrive at any time of the day or night and they are always welcome . Nobody as why you come ? Or How long are going to stay ? They become a part of the family. The villagers are delighted to receive guests . They are fed, clothed and given presents. When guests arrive they are offered a pot of water to wash their hands, face and feet. Then they are given a mat or chair to sit on. Previously, sherbet was offered, but now it is the custom to give a cup of tea, depending on the time of the day. Guests are never asked. Have

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 143

you eaten? or Would you like something to eat or drink?. Food is placed before them and it is impolite for guests to refuse. Hospitably means giving yourself completely to guests and strangers.

6. What is the topic of the paragraph?

A. Guests and strangers B. Hospitality and a village C. Rules of politeness D. Advice for guests E. The arrival of guests

7. What is the main idea of the text?

A. In the writers village, guests are always received warmly B. Guests have to wash their hands, face and feet when they arrive C. The host never asks their visitors questions D. Guests are usually asked about the purpose of their visit E. It is impolite to refuse food and drink offered by the host.

TEXT III

Progress is gradually being made in the fight of cancer. In the early 1900s, few cancer patients had any hope of long term survival . In the 1920s, the ratio was one in four. Currently, the ratio is down to one in three. The gain from one in four to one in three represent about 58.000 lives save each year.

8. What is the topic of the paragraph ?

A. The danger of cancer B. Cancer victim C. The problem of cancer D. Progress in the fight of cancer E. The history of cancer

9. What is the main idea of the text? A. In the 1900s cancer patient had good hope of long term survival B. The progress in fighting cancer result in the increasing number of

survivals C. There is progress in preventing people from getting cancer D. Currently, the gain from the fight against cancer is the survival of

58.000 lives E. The number of cancer victims has gradually increased

TEXT IV

No one knows who invented mechanical clocks. However the clock ….10 can be traced, back to Middle Ages in Europe . The earliest clocks were actually made by blacksmith . The main principles in design of these

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 144

clocks. ….11 are still use in mechanical clocks today, though modem clocks are so much more accurate. Early clocks had no dial, and …12 the time simply by striking a bell. The word clock, in fact, means bell. Before the invention of clocks, a man ….13 as a clock- jack use to ring a large bell in a castle or used monastery to tell everyone the time. This man was able to ….14 the time by means of a sundial or an hour glass containing sand.

10. A. Industry

B. company C. fabrication

D. installation E. procedure

11. A. moreover B. beside C. therefore

D. however E. consequently

12. A. stated B. assumed

C. predicted D. mentioned E. indicated

13. A. called B. known C. used

D. noticed E. grow

14. A. estimate B. estimation C. estimator D. estimated E. estimating

15. …. his good performance as a student, he is always nervous when doing exam. A. Unless B. Although C. Instead of D. Even though E. Despite

16. ' Could you please book me on the next flight to Mexico City ?" I'm sorry, sir. Our line ….to Mexico City

A. will not fly B. has not been flying

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 145

C. did not fly D. wasn‟t able to fly E. doesn‟t fly

17. Having been defeated three times in a row. the boxer, decided to give

up fighting. Means : A. He decided to give up fighting although he was defeated three

times in a row B. He decided to give up fighting after he had been defeated three

times in a row C. As he had decided to give up fighting. he was defeated three times

in a row D. He decided to give up fighting. so he was defeated three times in a

row E. When he decided to give up fighting. he was defeated three times

in a row

18. Being an out going person. Agam …. his time with friends on Saturday night than stay at home

A. might be spending B. would rather spend C. ought to have spent D. could have spent E. had better spend

19. ….. she likes him very much, she always pretends to ignore him.

A. Since B. Because C. Whereas D. Even though E. However

20. In her letter my friend said that she was looking forward ,,,,from me again.

A. to hearing B. to hear C. hearing D. having heard E. to be heard

21. The original …. manuscript of the play is on display in the museum

A. Written by hand B. writing hand C. hand – written D. hat is hand - written E. hand – writing

22. Do i have to go to the post office to get my package ? No. you can ….

A. have delivered it

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 146

B. delivered it C. have it to be delivered D. have to delivered it E. have it delivered

23. Anita and I missed the morning flight, and this made …. late for our

friend's wedding. A. his B. me C. them D. her E. us

24. If he had taken a computer course, it would have been easier for him

to get a good job. This means that A. it wasn't easy to find a good job although he had taken a

computer course B. he had taken a computer course , so it wasn't difficult a find a

good job. C. even though had taken a computer course, it wasn't easy to find a

good job D. he hadn't taken a computer course, so it wasn't easy to find a

good job . E. he took a computer course, so that it would be easier to find a

good job.

25. I have a problem with my thesis. ….. it ?

A. Shall we discuss B. Did we use to discuss C. May we have discussed D. had we better discuss E. Would we rather discuss

26. Doctors agree …..patient should try to reduce taking medicine for slight headaches. A. whether B. which C. that D. how E. what

27. My parents advice my sister ….. to much money on clothes.

A. do not spend B. not to spend C. did not spend D. not spending E. not spend

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 147

28. The progress of this class needs…… A. to be evaluated D. in evaluating B. evaluated E. be evaluated C. to evaluated

29. Sydney ….is more than three and a half million. is Australia's largest city

A. whom the population B. that the population C. whether the population D. the population of it E. the population of which

30. Did you see the children when you came home this afternoon ? No, they … their teacher in prick

A. visited B. had visited C. to visit D. were visiting E. would visited

UMPTN 1995 RAYON A Text I

Cassava is the staple food of millions of people in Africa, Asia and South and Central America. Its swollen tuberous root can be boiled and mashed or grated to produce a meal known as 'farinha'in Brazil and 'garri' in Nigeria, which can be cooked in small cakes. The root is also the source of the manufactured commodity, tapioca. A small field planted with cassava can be insurance against famine, because the crop can be left in the ground for two or three years without deterioration of the tubers. But recent findings suggests that cassava may be responsible for birth defects. It has other serious disadvantages. The tubers consist almost entirely of starch and are particularly low in protein so dependence of cassava leads to serious malnutrition. To make matters worse, some varieties, when grown under certain poisonous to people and livestock if eaten raw. These have to be well-prepared for consumption by consumption prolonged and repeated boiling. The new danger has emerged over the past few years in Nigeria. Doctors have begun to suspect that cassava, if eaten in large amounts during pregnancy, may cause deformities in the developing fetus; there appears to be a correlation between or other neuronal malformations in their babies.

1. The topic of the text is '....' A. cassava, the source of various kinds of meals B. the advantages and disadvantages of cassava

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 148

C. Characteristics of people consuming cassava D. The staple food of people in developing countries E. Malnutrition, the effect of eating cassava

2. People can rely on cassava in times of famine because ....

A. cassava can grow in any climate throughout the year B. it can be manufactured into flour called tapioca C. the tubers can last for more than one year as long as they are not

pulled out D. it is the most important food in many parts of the world E. it can be stored for a long time without being rotten

3. Which of the following statements is not true according to the text ?

A. Farinha and garri are other name cassava B. Being low in protein, cassava may cause malnutrition C. Some cassavas should not be eaten because they are poisonous D. People consuming only cassava for long periods of time may

endanger their health E. Particular conditions of soil and climate can make cassava

poisonous

4. It is likely that doctors will advise pregnant women not to eat too much cassava for fear that ....

A. they will be deformed B. the fetus will not develop C. their bodies will become crippled D. their bodies blood will be poisoned E. their babies may have malformed brains

5. We may conclude that the writer ....

A. suggests that cassava is a good alternative for staple food B. wants to tell people to stop eating cassava C. shows how people in developing countries live D. warns the readers of the danger of consuming too much cassava E. explains the effect of food shortages in developing countries

5. The increase in the sales of new cars ... expected to make traffic jams

worse. A. is B. are C. be D. being E. to be

7. His shop was burnt down ... his car that parked nearly

A. and either did B. also was C. but neither was D. so did E. and so was

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 149

8. "Who won the Ford Foundation scholarship?" "The high school student ... the City Council had chosen as the best student".

A. he who B. whose C. whom D. which E. of which

9. ... is not known

A. Can he involved in the trade of narcotics B. He is involved in the trade of narcotics C. Whether be is involved in the trade of narcotics D. When he is involved in the trade of narcotics E. Why is he involved in the trade of narcotics

10. My brother needs two ... to help him run the store

A. mechanics B. carpenters C. instructors D. porters E. assistant

11. The way Professor Mattis teaches English not only keeps the students' interest ....

A. and also increases their motivation B. but also increasing their motivation C. and he also increases their motivation D. but also increases their motivation E. and also to increases their motivation

12. The Thief ... into teachers room through this windows because there are footprints near the windows

A. was to get B. may get C. would rather get D. must have got E. should get

13. Having given prescription to the patient, ....

A. the medicine was taken regularly by the patient B. the doctor told the patient to take the medicine regularly C. the patient took the medicine regularly D. the medicine had to be taken regularly by the patient E. the patient was told to take the medicine

14. ... a few million rupiahs, he went on a tour to Europe

A. Saved D. Having saved B. Have saved E. after saves C. He has saved

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 150

15. The fact he was put into prison for something that he had not done made his wife ....

A. cry C. cried E. crying B. to be crying D. to cry

16. If he hadn't been promoted, he'd have quit his job The underlined word means .....

A. he kept his job B. he would like to keep the job C. he had to quit his job D. he lost his job E. he didn't like to keep his job

17. When did you realize you had lost your purse? When I ... money to pay the conductor.

A. was needing D. have needed B. needed E. am needing C. had needed

18. The original ... manuscript of the play is on display in the museum

A. written by hand B. writing hand C. hand-written D. that is hand-written E. hand-writing

19. He told me a lot about the Philippines He ... there for a long time

A. must have lived B. might be living C. ought to have lived D. should be living E. would have lived

20. Why didn't Didi want to go home? His mother ... him for causing the car accident

A. would blame B. has blamed C. is blaming D. should be blaming E. would have blamed

21. Sarah's parents could not sleep until she came home This means that ....

A. Although Sarah came home, her parents could not sleep B. Sarah did not come home until her parents had sleep C. before Sarah came home, her parents could not sleep D. when Sarah came home, her parent were sleeping E. he parents were still sleeping when Sarah came home

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 151

22. Andi you close the windows, please, I'm busy right now. I'm busy myself, but I ... anyway.'

A. will close them B. will have to close them C. will have them closed D. will ask you to close them E. will have closed them

23. My uncle doesn't earn much : ... he can send his children to college

A. however B. and C. therefore D. so E. hence

24. Which sentence is correctly punctuated He won an international award for his

A. excellent, interesting, well-written, scientific, article B. excellent, interesting well-written, scientific, article C. excellent, interesting, well-written scientific, article D. excellent, interesting well-written scientific article E. excellent, interesting, well-written scientific article

25. The company's new product was ... advertised on TV

A. nation B. national C. nationally D. nationalize E. nationalization

26. The thief denied ... the jewellery although the police forced him to admit it.

A. steal B. stealing C. to steal D. in stealing E. stolen

27. Your son will be operated on tomorrow morning, He ... have a good rest tonight", the doctor said

A. might B. may C. can D. must E. would rather

28. "She is one of the ten best-dressed women in town." "Really?"

A. Does she always dress herself so fashionably B. Does she dress herself so always fashionably

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 152

C. Does she always so fashionably dress herself D. Does she so fashionably always dress herself E. Does she dress herself so fashionably always

29. We are going on a long trip, so we must ....

A. have checked the car B. have had the car checked C. to have the car checked D. have the car checked E. had the car checked

30. Little children are usually afraid of... by their mother

A. left B. to leave C. being left D. leaving E. been left

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 153

PEMBAHASAN SOAL

PAKET I

01. A Judul yang tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah Motion Sickness (mabuk kendaraan), karena sejak awal paragraf sudah dijelaskan mengenai motion sickness dalam berbagai bentuk, juga penyebabnya dan usaha-usaha yang dilakukan orang untuk menghindari motion sickness. 02. D Orang mabuk kendaraan karena otak berusaha memahami situasi dan terlalu banyak pesan yang diterima (paragraf 1 kalimat ke-5) 03. C/D Orang yang mabuk kendaraan dapat mengurangi kemungkinan menjadi semakin mabuk dengan cara menghindari makanan pedas (avoid ing spicy food), tidak mengkonsumsi alkohol ( not consuming alchohol), dalam mobil memilih duduk di depan (choosing sit at the front seat in a car), dan menghindari makanan tinggi lemak ( avoiding high-fat-food). Maka perkecualiannya adalah taking the back seat in a car dan consuming high fat-food. 04. B Kesimpulan untuk teks tersebut adalah tidak ada solusi yang pasti untuk mengatasi masalah mabuk kendaraan (tersirat di paragraf 2 dan 3). 05. E „over the counter medication‟ = obat bisa di beli tanpa resep dokter (without prescription) 06. A Kalimat yang tepat untuk mengawali tks itu adalah so far there has not been enough information about people having accidents at work site (selama ini tidak ada informasi yang cukup mengenai orang-orang yang mendapat kecelakaan di tempat kerja) karena kalimat-kalimat berikutnya menceritakan para peneliti informasi mengenai kecelakaan di tempat kerja. 07. E Topik paragraf tersebut adalah kecelakaan pada jam kerja. 08. D Topik teks tersebut adalah perbedaan antara pendidikan tradisional dan pendidikan modern. Pendidikan tradisional dijelaskan pada kalimat 1-2, sedangkan pendidikan modern dijelaskan pada kalimat 3-akhir. 09. D Kalimat yang tepat untuk mengakhiri paragraf itu adalah Unlike the traditional education, the modern one is less strict. Kalimat ini dipilih untuk

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 154

menegaskan perbedaan pendidikan tradisional dan pendidikan modern yang dijelaskan sebelumnya . 10. B Kata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah adverb (simply : secara sederhana) karena salah satu fungsi adverb adalah menerangkan verb, yang mana verb dalam kalimat tu adalah have been called.

- simple (adjective) : sederhana - simplify (verb): menyederhanakan - simplicity (noun): kesederhanaan.

11. C Konjungsi yang tepat adalah therefore (oleh sebab itu) karena kalimat tersebut menceritakan akibat dari kejadian sebelumnya. - furthermore : terlebih lagi - nevetheless : tetapi - moreover : terlebih lagi - however : tetapi

12. C Keterangan waktu in recent years (dalam beberapa tahun terakhir ini) adalah keterangnan waktu untuk present perfect tense, maka verb yang tepat adalah have begun. 13. D Orang yang sehat memperhatikan nutrisi dan berolahraga, dan mereka memonitor (monitoring) kondisi tubuhnya,……. . - seeing: melihat - watching: menonton - keeping: menjaga - caring: mempedulikan 14. A Orang yang sehat memperhatikan nutrisi dan berolahraga, dan mereka memonitor kondisi tubuhnya, misalnya, dengan teratur (regular) memeriksa payudara sendiri atau memeriksa tekanan darah….. .

- usual : biasa - standard : standar - ordinary : biasa - customary: biasa

15. B Kata active (adjective) berfungsi menerangkan kata benda. Kata benda yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah response (tanggapan).

- respond (verb) : memberi tanggapan - responsive (adjective) : tanggap - responsibility (noun) : tanggung jawab

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 155

16. A - make an effort : berusaha - achievement : prestasi/pencapaian - diet : makanan - exercise : latihan 17. C Bentuk kata kerja pasif dengan menggunakan modal adalah modal + be + Verb3, jadi verb yang tepat yang mengikuti modal may adalah be viewed. 18. B Kata for pada used for adalah preposisi, yang mana preposisi selalu diikuti noun (kata benda) atau noun equivalent, antara lain adalah gerund (Verb-ing). 19. A Ungkapan yang tepat untuk memberi ucapan selamat atas kemenangan teman mendapatkan juara pertama menulis adalah : Congratulation! I knew you could do it. (Selamat! Aku tahu kamu bisa melakukannya.) 20. C It is the house in which I was born. Itulah rumah tempat aku dilahirkan. 21. D Corellative conjunction either …..or artinya adalah atau/salah satu menghubungkan dua struktur yang setara. Pada kalimat itu yang dihubungkan dengan either….or adalah nervous (complement) dengan kata yang juga berfungsi sebagai complement yaitu not well prepared. 22. A Pada kalimat yang diawali dengan frasa participle, pelaku pada induk kalimat harus sama dengan pelaku pada frasa participle. Arti frasa participle tersebut adalah Karena tertarik mengembangkan pariwisata di Indonesia, maka induk kalimat yang sesuai adalah pemerintah bekerjasama dengan pusat-pusat pendidikan terkait. 23. E „Bagaimana kamu menetukan kemampuan menulis siswa?‟ „Pertama-tama, suruh siswa menulis (have students write) essay lima ratus kata.‟ Untuk menyatakan bahwa subjek menyuruh orang lain melakukan sesuatu untuknya, gunakan kalimat causative. Pola kalimat causative have adalah : S + have + O (aktif) + verb1 24. B Kalimat yang tepat untuk menanggapi „Tidak ada acara menarik di TV‟ adalah “Kalau begitu mari kita ke bioskop.” (Let‟s go to the movie then.‟)

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 156

25. B „Apa yang akan terjadi dengan anak-anak yang menjadi yatim piatu karena bencana tsunami?‟ „Jangan kawatir, mereka akan dirawat (will be taken care of)‟

PAKET 2

01. C Topik wacana tersebut adalah tentang bagaimana cara menyapa kolega bisnis. Ini dijelaskan pada semua paragraf. 02. D Pernyataan yang tidak benar mengenai jabat tangan adalah Di Perancis, tidak berjabat tangan dianggap tidak sopan. Ini bertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf 2. 03. B Karena bisnis semakin mendunia, maka mudah bagi orang untuk berbuat kesalahan (kalimat pertama paragraf 1). 04. C Perbedaan budaya yang sangat tampak di salah satu negara Eropa adalah menyapa orang dengan gelarnya. Ini terjadi di negara Jerman (paragraf 6). 05. A Seorang bisnismen mungkin bisa gagal dalam melakukan bisnis di luar negeri karena ia mengabaikan budaya negara tuan rumah (paragraf terakhir). 06. D Topik wacana tersebut adalah tentang hasil experimen Bowerman yang tak terduga yaitu ditemukannya alas sepatu dari karet. 07. E Dari teks itu bisa disimpulkan bahwa keingintahuan bisa mengarah pada penemuan besar. 08. E Penyebab umum runtuhnya peradaban kuno adalah proses degenerasi sistem sosial (dinyatakan pada kalimat terakhir). 09. C Topik paragraf tersebut adalah musnahnya peradaban kuno, oleh proses alami maupun degenerasi sistem sosial. 10. E „Untuk orang pada umumnya (common)…….‟ Kalimat ini menyatakan kebiasaan umum, maka kata yang tepat untuk melengkapinya adalah common.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 157

- sensitive : peka - unhealthy : tidak sehat - average: rata-rata - special : khusus

11. D Kata yang terletak antara determiner (the) dan noun (foods) pastilah adjective/kata sifat, maka kata tersebut adalah nutritious (bergizi).

- nutrient (noun) : zat gizi - nutrition (noun) : ilmu gizi - nutritionist (noun) : ahli gizi

12. B Tetapi (but), untuk orang yang ingin menurunkan berat badan atau harus memantau gula darah karena diabetes, terlalu banyak gula bisa menjadi masalah.

13. A Gula rendah kalori, menurut International Food Information Council, aman (safe) digunakan.

- good : baik - harmful : berbahaya - applicable : bisa dipakai

14. D Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi frasa the……artificial sweeteners adalah approved sehingga arti frasa tersebut adalah pemanis buatan yang disetujui.

- approve (verb) : menyetujui - approval (noun): persetujuan - approving (adjective): yang menyetujui - approved (adjective): yang disetujui - approvingly (adverb): dengan gembira

15. C Verb setelah subjek yang digabungkan dengan either …or menyesuaikan dengan subjek setelah or. Subjek setelah or pada kalimat tersebut adalah the education sistem of our Insttitute (singular), maka verb yang dipakai adalah singular verb. 16. B „Apakah kamu mendapatkan komputer bekas yang murah yang diiklankan di koran?‟ „Tidak. Komputer itu sudah terjual (has been sold) ketika aku menelpon mereka.‟ 17. E Verb require harus diikuti to infinitive.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 158

18. E Karena aku sedang berbicara pada klien ketika telepon berbunyi, aku menyuruh sekretarisku untuk mengangkatnya (had my secretary answer the call) causative have bentuk lampau 19. A „Saya pesan tiga kamar standar untuk minggu depan, ya.‟ „Maaf, Pak. Hotel kami sudah penuh dipesan (is fully booked) hingga akhir bulan.‟ 20. B „Saya kehilangan banyak uang dengan menginvestasikan uang di bisnis teman anda.‟ „Saya ikut prihatin, anda seharusnya berkonsultasi dengan saya (should have consulted me) tentang bisnisnya . 21. A „…..them more training‟ berfungsi sebagai subjek, maka kata yang tepat untuk melengkapinya adalah gerund (verb-ing), yaitu giving. 22. D Pelaku pada main clause harus sama dengan pelaku pada frasa participle. Arti frasa tersebut adalah karena terkesan dengan penampilan siswa baru itu (yang terkesan adalah guru), maka main clause yang tepat adalah guru menunjuknya menjadi ketua kelas (the teacher appointed him chairman of the class). 23. E „Seandainya perusahaan adil dalam memberikan bonus, para pekerjanya tidak akan berunjuk rasa.‟ Makna kalimat ini adalah Perusahaan tidak adil dalam memberikan bonus sehingga para pekerjanya berunjuk rasa. Dengan kata lain: Para pekerja tidak puas (the employees were dissatisfied). 24. B neither berpasangan dengan nor 25. E „Pak Sulaiman adalah orang yang terkenal di kalangan ilmuwan Indonesia; disamping itu , orang tahu ia adalah orang yang berjiwa sosial (sociable).

- arrogant : sombong - strict : ketat - proud : bangga/sombong - tough : keras

PAKET 3

01. C Yang diharapkan anak-anak muda yang mulai bekerja di Mc Donald adalah memiliki awal karir yang bagus (paragraf 5 kalimat terakhir).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 159

02. B Yang disebut pekerja minoritas adalah imigran kulit hitam (paragraf 3 kalimat ke-3) 03. A Pernyataan yang tidak benar menurut bacaan adalah Mc Donal lebih baik dari perusahaan –perusahaan di US lainnya, karena secara umum tidak ada yang menyebutkan Mc Donal lebih baik dari yang lainnya. Kalimat This is better than any other US company hanya untuk menunjukkan bahwa dalam merekrut kaum minoritas, prosentasenya lebih banyak. 04. D Bisa disimpulkan bahwa faktor penting dalam merekrut karyawan di Mc Donald adalah faktor umur.

- experience : pengalaman - citizenship : kewarganegaraan - creativity : kreativitas - leadership : kepemimpinan

05. C Kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa teks tersebut adalah menerangkan situasi kerja di Mc Donald. 06. D Topik teks tersebut adalah reaksi masyarakat mengenai anjuran makan sehat yang disampaikan pemerintah. 07. B Tentang laporan itu, manager restaurant menganggap saran pemerintsh tidak konsisten (kalimat ke-7, 8 dan 9) 08. E Joe tidak bisa dipromosikan ke tingkat yang lebih tinggi karena ia tidak mempunyai pengalaman yang cukup (too inexperienced). 09. C Ia tidak senang karena pekerjaannya tak lagi menantang. 10. A Untuk menyatakan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive. 11. E ….sementara itu yang mengkonsumsi adalah binatang yang secara langsung maupun tak langsung memakan (feed on) tumbuhan hijau.

- take care of : merawat - consist of : terdiri dari - come from : berasal - provide with : memberikan

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 160

12. E Sebaliknya (on the other hand) pengurai adalah bakteri dan fungi yang … .

- nevertheless : tetapi - therefore : oleh karena itu - similarity : kesamaan - in addition : disamping itu

13. A Struktur ini, struktur yang penting (necessary) untuk menjaga aliran energi dan nutrisi melalui sistem, terdiri dari …..

- additional : bersifat tambahan - productive : produktif - specific : khusus - dependent : tergantung

14. D Kata yang berada diantara preposisi (of) dan noun (kinds) pastilah adjective, yaitu different (berbeda).

- differ (verb) : berbeda - differentiate (verb) : membedakan - difference (noun) : perbedaan - differential (adjective) : yang berbeda

15. D Kata and menghubungkan struktur yang setara. Pada kalimat itu yang dihubungkan adalah gerund (protecting, purifying)maka setelah and juga harus gerund. 16. E „Mobil saya sudah siap?‟ „Maaf, mobil itu sedang diperbaiki (it still being fixed) karena baru hari ini kami mendapatkan suku cadang.‟ 17. A Ketika aku berbelanja di pusat kota, aku tidak pernah naik mobil, sehingga (so that) aku tidak mendapat maslah dalam mencari tempat parkir.

- however : tetapi - furthermore : di samping itu - even though : walaupun - while : ketika

18. B „Apakah Anto tahu Mirna kecelakaan kemarin?‟ „Ake rasa tidak tahu. Kita seharusnya memberitahunya (should have told him) segera setelah kita mendapatkan kabar itu. 19. B „Apakah kamu bisa menjemputku sekitar jam 2 siang besok?‟ „Maaf tidak bisa. Aku sedang mengajar (will be teaching) pada saat itu.‟

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 161

Untuk menyatakan sesuatu yang sedang dilakukan di waktu mendatang, gunakan future continuous tense (will+be+verb-ing). 20. C Ketika mengetahui (knowing) bahwa ibunya dibawa ke rumah sakit saat ia pulang sekolah, ia menjatuhkan tasnya dan menangis. 21. D Hal terberat yang dihadapi banyak pendaki gunung adalah bahwa (is that) mereka sulit bernafas karena kekurangan oksigen. 22. C „ Kapan kamu akan memberitahu adikmu berita bagus itu?‟ „Ketika ia kembali (returns) dari perjalanan bisnisnya.‟ Kata kerja pada adverb clause yang menerangkan simple future tense adalah kata kerja simple present. 23. B „Jika perusahaan menghargai keberhasilan Tony dalam meningkatkan pemasaran, ia tidak akan berpikir meninggalkan perusahaan itu.‟ Makna kalimat ini adalah : Perusahaan tidak menghargai keberhasilan Tony, sehingga ia berpikir untuk meninggalkan perusahaan itu. Dengan kata lain: Tomy sedang mencari pekerjaan lain sekarang. 24. B Keterangan waktu for a week now menerangkan bentuk present perfect, jadi verb yang tepat adalah have had. 25. D Arti frasa participle itu adalah : Karena mengharapkan pendapatan yang lebih baik, maka main clause yang tepat adalah Odie menerima tawaran kerja di Medan.

PAKET 4 01. A Informasi utama teks itu secara tersirat terdapt pada pernyatan: „employees who criticicize the old ways of doing things and want to try out new ideas are disliked both by their bosses. Comment like: „They wouldn‟t listen to metabolite „ or „ I kept presenting new product ideas, only to hear nothing‟ are typical of many managers who become an entrepreneur.‟ Inilah alasan mengapa seorang manager lebih suka membuat usahanya sendiri. 02. C Banyak manajer lebih suka menjadi pengusaha karena ide-idenya sering ditolak atasannya (kalimat ke-3 paragraf 1).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 162

03. D Seorang manajer yang menjadi pengusaha adalah orang yang berni mengambil resiko kegagalan (kalimat ke-2 paragraf ke-2). 04. E Sifat yang diharapkan tidak dimiliki seorang pengusaha adalah ragu-ragu (hesitant). 05. B „only to hear nothing‟ : tidak dipedulikan = ignored

- silenced : didiamkan - isolated : terpisah - distributed : dibagikan - excused: dimaafkan

06. B Teks itu bercerita tentang kemampuan Kamerun dalam menghidupi rakyatnya dengan cara swasembada pangan. 07. A Pernyataan yang benar mengenai Kamerun adalah Bank dunia memberi bantuan uang kepada negara Kamerun untuk melaukan swasembada pangan. 08. C Tujuan penulis teks ini adalah untuk menghentikan pengembangan teknologi maju (kalimat terakhir : we should delay the continued development of technology). 09. A Teknologi maju telah membuat kehidupan manusia lebih nyaman, tetapi menyebabkan banyak kerusakan lingkungan. 10. E Banyak negara yang menyadari bahaya merokok telah melarang iklan tayangan merokok agar tidak ditonton oleh anak-anak, paling tidak mengurangi penyebarluasan tayangan iklan rokok. Tetapi, pengawasannya (control) sering tidak berhasil.

- intention : tujuan - demad : permintaan - interruption : interupsi - suggestion : saran

11. A Dalam kegiatannya, perusahaan rokok Amerika melanggar (violate) aturan ini meskipun mereka mematuhi mencatumkan kata-kata bahaya merokok.

- consider : menganggap - omit : menghilangkan - complicate: mempersulit - investigate : menyelidiki

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 163

12. D Ada beberapa cara dimana perusahaan-perusahaan ini melanggar aturan yang ditujukan (intended) untuk melindungi kaum muda dari rokok. 13. C Sebagai contoh (for example) , beberapa perusahaan rokok tidak mengiklankan rokok; tetapi memberikannya gratis.

- such as : seperti - in conclusion : kesimpulannya - in addition: disamping itu - compared to : dibandingkan dengan

14. B Mereka tampaknya (appear) mempromosikan … .

- appearance : penampakan - apparent: nyata

15. C Verb require diikuti to infinitive 16. A „Mobil siapa itu?‟ „Maksudmu mobil yang diparkir (parked) di depan toko buku.‟ Kata parked di atas adalah past participle yang berfungsi sebagai adjective. 17. B Setelah bekerja (Having worked) selama lima tahun di bagian marketing, aku merasa sangat berkualifikasi untuk melamar sebagai manajer marketing yang diiklankan di koran. 18. C „Ketika tinggal di Bogor, kami biasa jalan kaki ke sekolah.‟ Untuk menyatakan kebiasaan lampau, gunakan used to+ verb1, jadi verb yang tepat adalah used to go. 19. A Karena kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat simple past tense, maka verb yang dipakai pada noun clause juga simple past, maka jawaban yang tepat adalah she would go. 20. B „Mam, kenapa mama bersikeras agar aku memakai jaket?‟ „Karena (since) aku yakin di luar sangat dingin.‟

- since : sejak/karena - until : hingga - although : walaupun - so that : sehingga - because of : karena (diikuti oleh noun )

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 164

21. D „Aku tidak menemukan handphone di tasku.‟ „Kamu mungkin meninggalkannya (may have left it) di mobil. Ayo kita lihat!‟ 22. E „Aku menumpahkan tinta di jaket.‟ „Kamu harus mencucikannya (have it clean) di laundry segera.‟ 23. D „Hotel ini merugi banyak.‟ „Ya, hanya sepuluh persen kamarnya yang dihuni (are occupied). …percent of + countable noun + plural verb 24. D „Mengapa anda tidak mengendarai mobil sendiri?‟ „Mobil itu sudah dijual (has been sold).‟ 25. A „Siapa Ismail Marzuki?‟ „Beliau adalah komposer yang (whom) dianggap salah satu komposer besar di Indonesia.‟ Kata kerja consider tidak diikuti preprosisi sehingga kata whom tidak diawali dengan preposisi. 26. B „ Paula tertidur di kelas tadi pagi.‟ „Dia pasti begadang (must have stayed up) tadi malam.‟ 27. C Merokok bisa menyebabkan banyak penyakit dan gangguan pernafasan; disamping itu (in addition) merokok membahayakan orang yang tidak merokok.

- consequently: oleh karena itu - however: tetapi - nevertheless : tetapi - otherwise : jika tidak

28. A „Setelah ia menandatangani sewa rumah selama setahun, ia menemukan rumah lain yang lebih ia suka.‟ Artinya ia terpaksa tinggal di rumah yang telah ia bayar sewanya. 29. C Not only berpasangan dengan but also. Not only…but also menggabungkan struktur yang setara. Pada kalimat itu but also diikuti dengan clause, maka setelah not only juga berbentuk clause. Karena not only mengawali clause, maka clause tersebut bersusun balik/inversi (auxiliary mendahului subjek).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 165

30. E „Seandainya perusahaan adil dalam memberikan bonus, para pekerjanya tidak akan berunjuk rasa.‟ Makna kalimat ini adalah Perusahaan tidak adil dalam memberikan bonus sehingga para pekerjanya berunjuk rasa. Dengan kata lain: Para pekerja tidak puas (the employees were dissatisfied).

PAKET 5 01. C Teks tersebut menceritakan bahaya yang bisa ditimbulkan oleh pusat pembangkit tenaga nuklir (paragraf 3 dan 4) 02. B Yang membuat pengangkutan bahan radioaktif berbahaya adalah containernya yang tidak solid. 03. E Pernyataan yang benar tentang radioaktif adalah bencana alam bisa menyebabkan kebocoran kontainer yang berisi limbah radioaktif yang dikubur di tanah (kalimat terakhir paragraf 2). 04. B Bisa disimpulkan dari paragraf ke-3 bahwa penyebab kebocoran yang tiba-tiba adalah gempa bumi (kalimat terakhir paragraf 2). 05. D Meskipun masalah-masalah tersebut mungkin dapat terjadi dalam penggunaan energi nuklir, penulis berpikir bahwa program penggunaan energi nuklir dapat dilanjutkan (kalimat ke-2 paragraf 3) 06. A Informasi utama paragraf tersebut adalah dampak polusi udara . 07. A Main idea teks tersebut adalah dampak polusi udara pada kehidupan manusia baik langsung maupun tak langsung. 08. E Topik teks tersebut adalah moon illusion, yaitu tentang ukuran bulan. 09. B Pernyataan yang betul tentang moon illusion adalah : Meskipun fenomena tersebut telah dipelajari selama bertahun-tahun, ilmuwan tidak setuju dengan penyebabnya. Ini tersirat terdapat pada kalimat …have been disputed by scientists, but thus for thereis no widelyaccepted of the phenomenon. 10. C Kontaminasi (contamination) oleh bakteri

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 166

- influence: pengaruh - effect: pengaruh - excess: akibat

11. B Kaleng kemudian dipanaskan pada suhu yang sesuai (convenient)….

- regular: rutin - operative: operatif - sufficient: cukup - complete: lengkap

12. E Lama waktu dan suhu yang dikehendaki (required)…. 13. D Isi kaleng dipanaskan secara seragam (uniformly)…

- unity (noun) : kesatuan - uniform (noun): seragam - uniformity (noun): keseragaman

14. A Eksperimen dapat dilakukan pada suhu yang tepat terhadap bagian-bagian kaleng sampel ketika (while) kaleng itu dipanaskan… 15. A Untuk menyatakan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive. 16. E Semua anggota parlemen bertepuk tangan ketika (while) presiden itu berjalan menuju tempat duduknya.

- so that: sehingga - although: walaupun - even if : walaupun - as soon as: segera setelah

17. C Untuk menjadi seorang fotografer yang terampil, seseorang harus …. . 18. D Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat present subjunctive, polanya adalah : S + wish + S + simple past : I wish I could 19. C Keterangan waktu since menerangkan present perfect continuous tense ( has/have + been + verb-ing). 20. B „Apakah Anto tahu Mirna kecelakaan kemarin?‟ „Aku kira tidak. Kita seharusnya memberitahunya (should have told him) segera setelah kita mengetahuinya.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 167

21. A Karena pendapatannya tidak cukup untuk membiayai anak-anaknya seteah suaminya meninggal, wanita itu memutuskan bekerja di Arab Saudi. 22. E Karena meggantikan tourist resorts, maka possessive pronoun yang tepat adalah their. 23. C Kata hubung and menghubungkan struktur yang sama. Pada kalimat tersebut kata yang dihubungkan sebelum and adalah wore (verb2) , maka setelah and adalah behaved foolishly. 24. D Jumlah itu sudah di-fax (it has been faxed) ke kantor Garuda. 25. A „Kapan tamu itu datang kemarin?” „Ketika ia baru saja selesai memasak (had just finished cooking) 26. E Aku sedang menunggu untuk dipanggil (to be called) wawancara. 27. D I will have the matter dealt with immediately : Aku akan menyuru masalah itu diatasi (oleh orang lain) segera. 28. B „Menurutmu sopir bus itu mengebut?‟ „Ya. Aku kawatir ia akan membahayakan (will endanger)jiwa penumpangnya.‟ 29. D Buku-buku di rak ini, yang sebagian besar (most of which) tentang pendidkan anak, milik ipar saya. 30. C „Bagaimana restauran baru itu?‟ „Makanannya enak tetapi pelayanannya perlu ditingkatkan (the service needs to be improved).

PAKET 6 1. C Dua masalah utama yang disebutkan pada bacaan adalah kurangnya bahan bakar (paragraf 1 dan 2) dan kondisi lingkungan yang tidak bersih (paragraf 3 dan 4).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 168

2. E Teks tersebut terutama bercerita tentang kerugian-kerugian menggunakan kotoran hewan sebagai bahan bakar.

3. B Kerugian menggunakan bahan bakar tradisional adalah bahan bakar tersebut bisa merusak lingkungan (diceritakan di paragraf 2).

4. D Faktor utama yang menyebabkan kurangnya sanitasi adalah buruknya pengelolaan kotoran hewan.

5. A The disgested slurry of the fermented organic matter considered valuable because it improves the quality of the soil for agriculture (memperbaiki kualitas tanah untuk pertanian)

6. D Bacaan tersebut membahas tentang angin topan di belahan dunia tertentu (yaitu di Atlantik Utara)

7. B Pernyataan yang benar menurut teks adalah : cuaca yang sangat panas dan kelembaban tinggi bisa menyebabkan angin topan (kalimat terakhir paragraf 1).

8. E Paragraf tersebut tentang kecelakaan mobil dan penyebab-penyebabnya.

9. C Yang bukan merupakan penyebab kecelakaan mobil di US adalah pengendara yang tidak terampil (tidak disebutkan pada teks).

10. A Berapa banyak tempat tinggal yang dibutuhkan seseorang? Apa yang terjadi jika kebutuhan (requirement) ini tidak terpenuhi? ▪ influences: pengaruh ▪ problem : masalah ▪ resources: sumber-sumber ▪ possibolities: kemungkinan 11. D Pakar sosiologi dan psikologi sedang mengadakan eksperimen pada tikus untuk mencoba meneliti (examine) efek terlalu banyak orang pada manusia. ▪ to emerge:muncul ▪ to propose : mengusulkan ▪ to imagine: membayangkan

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 169

12. B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah kata yang menerangkan kata kerja (change) yaitu adverb (perceptibly). ▪ to perceive (verb) ▪ perceptive (adjective) ▪ perception (noun) ▪ perceptible (adjective) 13. E Mereka tidak bisa tidur dan makan dengan baik, tanda-tanda ketakutan dan tegang menjadi jelas (obvious). ▪ tremendous: hebat ▪ registered: terdaftar ▪ concise: singkat ▪ absolute: mutlak 14. C Semakin sesak, semakin mereka cenderung saling menggigit dan bahkan membunuh satu sama lainnya sehingga (thus), untuk tikus, populasi dan kekerasan berhubungan langsung. ▪ however: tetapi ▪ yet: belum ▪ moreover: terlebih lagi ▪ finaly: akhirnya. 15. C Subjek kalimat itu adalah : Different interpretations (jamak), jadi verb yang tepat adalah make.

16. E Pekerjaan yang melibatkan (involving) memerlukan orang-orang yang sangat terlatih.

17. C „Apakah aku bercerita tentang gadis yang kutemui (whom I met)……‟ ▪ whom mengganti orang sebagai objek ▪ who mengganti orang sebagai subjek ▪ whose menggantikan kepemilikan ▪ which menggantikan benda 18. A „Kamu tampak sangat sedih, Anton. Ada apa?‟ „Ayahku baru saja kehilangan (has just lost).‟

19. B Dia bertanya kepadaku apakah ia boleh meminjam (might borrow) mobilku ke pesta.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 170

20. C Kita sedang merencanakan membuka kantor baru di Surabaya, tetapi (but) krisis ekonomi memaksa kita untuk menundanya.

21. E Decide diikuti to infinitive.

22. B Apakah kamu sudah diberitahu kapan festival jazz akan diadakan?

23. A Aku masih menunggu dipanggil (to be called) untuk wawancara.

24. C „Mengapa kamu tidak mencetak laporanmu di rumah?‟ „Aku kehabisan tinta printer. Tinta itu sangat mahal sehingga aku tak mampu membelinya.‟ So …..that adalah split conjunction yang artinya sangat …. Sehingga.

25. A Aku tidak bisa menemukan museum yang kau ceritakan. Aku pasti telah salah naik (must have taken the wrong bus ). Untuk menyatakan kepastian di waktu lampau, digunakan must have verb3.

26. E Verb yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah past perfect verb, yaitu had completed yang menyatakan telah menyelesaikan.

27. D Stop diikuti gerund.

28. B Arti kalimat itu adalah : Setelah ia dikalahkan tiga kali berturut-turut, petinju itu memutuskan berhenti bertarung.

29. D „Mengapa kamu membawa mobilmu ke bengkel?‟ „Aku akan menyuruh remnya diperiksa ( I will have the brakes checked).‟

30. A Makna kalimat pengandaian tersebut adalah : Pesawat tidak terbang tepat waktu (penerbangan ditunda= was delayed), sehingga kami terlambat pada pembukaan seminar itu.

PAKET 7

1. B Perbedaan paus dan ikan adalah bahwa paus melahirkan bayi seprti yang dilakukan oleh gajah (Kalimat ke-2 paragraf 1: Mereka mamalia, seperti sapi dan gajah.)

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 171

2. E Karena menceritakan tentang kehidupan paus di laut, maka judul yang poaling tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah : The life of whales in the oceans

3. E Pernyataan yang benar tentang paus adalah : bayi paus yang baru lahir mungkin memiliki berat seperlima berat ibunya (disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir paragraf 1).

4. B Paus kadang-kadang hidup di air hangat untuk bereproduksi (kalimat kedua paragraf 3 : In winter some of them go to warm waters to breed (berkembangbiak) …..)

5. E Dari teks kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa tiap jenis paus makan jenis makanan tertentu.

6. B Teks tersebut tentang penggunaan jari untuk menghitung.

7. A Pernyataan yang benar menurut teks adalah : angka tidak perlu memiliki nama dalam berhitung (kalimat pertama)

8. D Informasi utama bacaan tersebut adalah terjadinya gold rush di Amerika.

9. D Dari teks bisa disimpulkan bahwa California menjadi tempat tinggal bagi banyak orang asing (kalimat ke-2 paragraf 2)

10. B Kini tak seorang pun menolak bahwa Albert Eistein adalah orang yang jenius. Tetapi (but) hal itu bukanlah masalahnya. ▪ since: sejak, karena ▪ so: sehingga ▪ because: karena ▪ therefore: oleh karena itu 11. E Pada masa mudanya, orang tua dan guru Einstein menganggapnya (considered) tidak disiplin dan bodoh. ▪ declared : menyatakan ▪ determined: menentukan ▪ predicted: meramalkan ▪ accused: menuduh

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 172

12. D Sebagai anak, dia terlambat dan orang tuanya kawatir (worried) ia mungkin cacat mental. ▪ hopeful: berharap ▪ amazed: kagum ▪ expectant: berharap ▪ timid: pemalu 13. E Sebagai remaja ia kesulitan menyesuaikan diri dengan peraturan ketat yang diterapkan di sekolah menengah di Jerman, dan gurunya tidak menyukai perkembangannya (his progress). ▪ success: keberhasilan ▪ increase: peningkatan ▪ advantage: keuntungan 14. C Tidak mengherankan, ia merasa sekolah tinggi lebih baik daripada sekolah menengah, dan lagi-lagi ia ketinggalan (lacked) di bidang akademis. ▪ achieved: tercapai ▪ served: dilayani ▪ wasted: dihabiskan ▪ disrupted: diganggu 15. D Subjek kalimat itu adalah each of (tunggal), jadi verb yang tepat adalah is.

16. A „Semua ini adalah kantor pemerintah.‟ „Yang mana (Which) kantor ayahmu?‟

17. B At the moment = sekarang ini adalah keterangan waktu untuk present continuous tense.

18. D Setelah menabung (Having saved) beberapa ribu dolar, ia pergi berwisata ke Eropa.

19. E Rudi patah kaki dalam suatu kecelakaan; sehingga, ia akan menyuruh Amir mengantarnya ke tempat kerja (he will have Amir drive him to work).

20. B „Hary tidak bisa membayar uang sekolah karena ayahnya menganggur.‟ „Pamannya yang kaya seharusnya membantunya (should have supported) dengan uang sekolahnya.‟

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 173

21. E Meskipun (although) aku bisa menyetir, aku sering menyuruh saudaraku untuk mengantarku ke kota. ▪ since: sejak, karena ▪ when: ketika ▪ because: karena ▪ whether:apakah 22. C Karena diterima (Accepted) di dua universitas bergengsi, Amanda sulit menentukan yang mana yang harus ia pilih. Accepted adalah past participle.

23. A Kalimat tersebut menggunakan kata kerja causative make, maka verb setelah objek adalah verb1.

24. C Kalimat tersebut memerlukan subjek, maka jawaban yang tepat adalah What you need (subjek yang berbentuk noun clause, yang artinya: apa yang kau perlukan).

25. E „‟Apa yang kau cari?‟ „ Dompetku; aku tak tahu di mana aku telah meletakkannya (have put it).‟

26. B „Mengapa bayi tetangga sebelah tetap menangis?‟ „Seperti biasa , ia ditelantarkan (is neglected) oleh babysitternya.‟

27. D Tetangga sebelah sangat ribut. Tetangga kami pasti telah kembali (must have come back) dari liburan di luar negeri

28. C Untuk menyatakan tujuan, digunakan to infinitive.

29. A Hotel itu menyediakan fasilitas yang bagus; tetapi angka huniannya sangat rendah.

30. C „Mengapa kamu tidak membeli sepatu itu? Kamu tampak menyukainya.‟ „Aku akan membelinya jika harganya lebih murah.‟ Kalimat yang kedua adalah kalimat pengandaian yang artinya adalah : Aku tidak membelinya karena sepatu itu sangat mahal.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 174

PAKET 8

1. C Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah : campak adalah penyakit serious yang banyak diabaikan di masa lalu.

2. E Pernyataan yang benar tentang campak adalah anak yang menderita campak akan menderita gangguan paru-paru dan telinga pada saat yang sama (paragraf 2, kalimat ke-4).

3. A Yang bukan merupakan akibat setelah menderita campak adalah polio (tidak disebutkan pada teks).

4. C Institution yang dimaksudkan bacaan tersebut adalah pusat rehabilitasi.

5. A Salah satu penemuan penting riset tentang campak adalah anak-anak yang menderita campak sulit mengendalikan tingkah lakunya (kalimat ke-5 paragraf 3)

6. A Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah ketertarikan pada sumber energi pengganti.

7. C Pernyataan yang benar tentang sumber energi pengganti adalah energi matahari tampaknya sangat potensial sebagai alternative terbaik (kalimat ke-2)

8. D Topik teks tersebut adalah hubungan antara kedudukan tinggi dengan kepercayaan diri (lihat kalimat pertama)

9. A Dari teks kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa jika kita memberitahu orang bahwa mereka bagian dari kelompoknya, mereka akan lebih percaya diri.

10. B Di jaman pesawat supersonic, orang sulit membayangkan bahwa pada awal abad ke-20 tak seorangpun pernah terbang dengan kapal terbang. Kemudian (next) orang bermain balon dan kapal udara. in addition: di samping itu however: tetapi furthermore: disamping itu consequently: oleh karena itu

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 175

11. B Kapal udara berdasarkan pada (based on) prinsip struktur setengah keras. located: terletak supported: disangga decided:diputuskan originated: berasal 12. D Pesawat tersebut benar-benar kapal udara yang sangat berhasil (successful) untuk pertamakalinya. success (noun) : keberhasilan succeed (verb) : berhasil successfully (adverb): dengan berhasil 13. E Akhir-akhir ini, design kapal udara terus ditingkatkan (improved)..... repaired: diperbaiki encouraged: didorong recovered: sembuh established: didirikan 14. E ….dan hingga tahun1937 mereka mengangkut (carried) ribuan penumpang…. . applied : menggunakan lifted: megangkat sent : mengirimkan delivered: mengantarkan 15. D Verb pada if clause pada kalimat pengandaian tipe 3 adalah had+verb3.

16. A Saudaraku, yang tidak terbiasa berbagi (sharing) kamar dengan orang lain, sangat tidak senang ketika ia tidak memiliki kamar sendiri di asrama. To be used to diikuti gerund.

17. A Pamanku tidak berpendapatan besar; tetapi (however) ia bisa menyekolahkan anak-anaknya ke perguruan tinggi. therefore: oleh karena itu hence: maka 18. E Relative pronoun yang berfungsi untuk menggantikan tempat adalah where.

19. B Aku tidak tahu berapa umurnya. Ia adalah teman sekelas Asti pada tahu 1985, sehingga seharusnya (should be) paling tidak berumur dua puluh lima tahun.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 176

20. E Orang-orang itu berkerumun menunggu di luar hotel selama beberapa jam hanya untuk melihat sekilas (to get glimpse) penyanyi terkenal itu Untuk menyatakan tujuan , digunakan to infinitive.

21. B „Kapan kamu menyadari kamu kehilangan dompet?‟ „Ketika aku memerlukan (needed) uang utyk membayar ongkos bus.‟ Karena terjadinya diwaktu lampau, maka verb yang tepat adalah verb2.

22. A Possessive pronoun yang teat adalah their karena menggantikan farmers (jamak).

23. C „Ted, apakah kamu akan pergi ke pesta ulang tahun Tia besok sore?‟ „Kupikir tidak. Aku harus ke (have to see) dokter gigi.‟

24. A Ibu muda itu dengan hati-hati berjalan berjingkat-jingkat ke kamar tidur agar tidak membangunkan anak-anaknya yang sedang tidur (the sleeping children).

25. A Yang membuat (That makes) Michael Douglas menjadi aktor yang bagus adalah kemampuannya untuk memainkan peran berbagai karakter dengan cukup baik.

26. E „Bambang tampak sangat senang hari ini.‟ „Tidakkah kau tahu dia baru diangkat (has been promoted) menjadi General Manager?‟

27. B „Teks Biologi berbahasa Inggris ini terlalu sulit kubaca.‟ „Kamu lebih baik menyuruh teks itu diterjemahkan (have the text translated).

28. E Setelah mematikan lampu, ia mengunci pintu (he locked the door).

29. B „Terjadi tepuk tangan yang lama di akhir pertunjukan drama sehingga para pemain berulangkali membungkukkan badan di panggung.‟ Dari kalimat itu bisa disimpulkan bahwa: pertunjukan drama itu sangat berhasil (the play was a great success better).

30. C „Perusahaan penerbangan itu seharusnya telah menerima lamaran Agus, sebagai pilot yang berpengalaman.‟

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 177

Kalimat tersebut bermakna: Perusahaan penerbangan tidak menerima lamaran Agus.

PAKET 8 1. A Informasi utama pada teks tersebut adalah keuntungan dan kerugian sinar ultraviolet.

2. D Pernyataan yang benar tentang sinar ultraviolet adalah sinar ultraviolet , yang merupakan bagian dari spektrum, tidak bisa dilihat (dinyatakan di kalimat pertama, paragraf pertama).

3. D Bisa disimpulkan bahwa tujuan utama penulis dalam menulis teks adalah untuk mengingatkan orang akan bahaya yang ditimbulkan oleh sinar matahari.

4. B Kita mendapat keuntungan dari sinar ultraviolet karena sinar tersebut bisa mendeteksi tanda tangan palsu (tersirat dijelaskan di kalimat pertama paragraf 2).

5. E Sinar ultraviolet bisa membahayakan orang yang gemar mandi matahari (paragraf terakhir).

6. B Topik paragraf tersebut adalah keramahtamahan di desa.

7. A Main idea teks tersebut adalah : di desa penulis, tamu selalu diterima dengan hangat.

8. D Topik paragraf tersebut adalah perkembangan dalam merawat kanker.

9. B Main idea teks tersebut adalah perkembangan dalam melawan kanker meningkatkan jumlah orang yang bisa diselamatkan dari kanker.

10. A Tak seorangpun tahu siapa yang menemukan jam mekanik. Tetapi industri (industry) jam bisa dirunut, kembali pada abad pertengahan di Eropa. company: perusahaan fabrication: pemabrikan installation: pemasangan procedure: prosedur

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 178

11. D Jam yang pertama kali sebenarnya dibuat oleh pandai besi. Tetapi (however), prinsip-prinsip utama dalam menbuat jam ini masih digunakan pada jam mekanik sekarang ini, meskipun jam modern lebih akurat. moreover: terlebih lagi besides: di samping itu therefore: oleh karena itu consequently: oleh karena itu 12. E Jam tempo dulu tidak memiliki setelan, dan menunjukkan (indicate) waktu hanya dengan bunyi bel. stated: menyatakan assumed: menganggap predicted: meramalkan mentioned: menyebutkan 13. B Verb known diikuti as, artinya: dikenal sebagai called: dipanggil noticed: diperhatikan grown: ditanam used: digunakan 14. A Be able dikuti to infinitive.

15. E Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah kata yang berarti :walaupun , yaitu : despite. despite: walaupun, diikuti oleh noun phrase although: walaupun, diikuti clause instead of: sebagai pengganti unless: kecuali jika 16. E „Bisakah anda memesankan saya tiket penerbangan berikutnya ke Mexico?‟ „Maaf, Pak, penerbangan kami tidak terbang (doesn‟t fly) ke Mexico.‟

17. B Arti kalimat itu adalah : setelah dikalahkan tiga kali berturut-turut, petinju itu memutuskan berhenti bertanding.

18. B Menjadi orang yang terkenal, Agam lebih suka menghabiskan (would rather spend) waktunya bersama teman-temannya pada sabtu malam daripada berada di rumah.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 179

19. D Meskipun (even though) dia sangat menyukainya, ia selalu berpura-pura mengacuhkannya. since: sejak,karena because: karena however: tetapi whereas: sedangkan 20. A Looking forward to diikuti gerund (verb-ing)

21. C Naskah tulisan tangan (hand-written) asli drama itu dipamerkan di museum. Hand-written adalah past participle yang berfungsi sebagai adjective dan menerangkan noun manuscript . 22. E „Haruskah aku ke kantor pos untuk mengambil paket?‟ „Tidak. Kamu bisa menyuruh paket itu dikirimkan (have it delivered).

23. E Possessive pronoun untuk menggantikan Anita and I sebagai objek adalah us.

24. D „Jika ia kursus komputer, ia akan lebih mudah mendapatkan pekerjaan yang bagus.‟ Kalimat ini berarti: ia tidak kursus komputer, sehingga ia tidak mudah mendapatkan pekerjaan yang bagus.

25. A Aku mempunyai masalah dengan tesisku. Bagaimana kalau kita mendiskusikannya (Shall we discuss it)? Shall bisa digunakan untuk menyatakan ajakan.

26. C Para dokter setuju bahwa (that) pasien sebaiknya mengurangi pemakaian obat untuk sakit kepala ringan. - whether: apakah - which: yang mana - how: bagaimana - what: apa

27. B S + advice + O + to infinitive

28. A Untuk menyatakan : perkembangan kelas perlu dievaluasi digunakan pola kalimat : S (benda) + need + to be verb3 atau verb-ing. Maka verb yang

tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah to be evaluated.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 180

29. E Untuk mengetahui relative pronoun yang tepat untuk kalimat itu, perlu memecah kalimat itu menjadi dua, yaitu: 1. Sydney is Australia‟s largest city. 2. The population of Sidney is more than three and a half million. Melihat kata-kata yang digaris bawah, maka relative pronoun yang tepat adalah the population of which.

30. D „Apakah anda melihat anak-anak ketika kamu pulang tadi sore?‟ „Tidak, mereka sedang mengunjungi (were visiting) gurunya di Priok.

PAKET 9

1. B Topik teks tersebut adalah keuntungan dan kerugian singkong. 2. C Orang dapat bergantung pada singkong ada saat kekurangan pangan Karena umbinya bisa bertahan selama lebih dari setahun selama tidak dicabut. (kalimat ke-4 paragraf 1). 3. A Pernyataan yang tidak benar menurut bacaan adalah : Farrina dan Garri adalah nama lain singkong. Ynag betul adalah : Farrina dan Garri adalah nama makanan yang berasal dari singkong (Klaimat ke-2, paragraf 1). 4. E Mungkin dokter akan menyarankan bahwa wanita hamil tidak boleh terlalu banyak makan singkong karena khawatir akan terjadi gangguan pembentukan janin (kalimat ke-2 paragraf 3). 5. D Kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa penulis mengingatkan pembaca akan bahaya mengkonsumsi terlalu banyak singkong (paragraf 3). 6. A Subjek kalimat itu adalah the increase (tunggal), sehingga verb yang tepat adalah is. 7. A Karena kalimat itu kalimat positif, maka struktur elip yang tepat menggunakan so. Karena kalimat itu adalah kalimat nominal simple past tense, maka auxiliary yang tepat adalah was.Jadi jawaban yang tepat adalah and so was. 8. C “Siapa yang memenangkan beasiswa Ford Foundation?” “Siswa sekolah menengah yang dipilih Dewan Kota sebagai siswa terbaik.”

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 181

(The high school student …the City Council had chosen as the best student). Kata-kata yang bergaris bawah dalam tanda kurung di atas adalah adjective clause yang awalnya adalah: The city council had chosen the high school student as the best student.) The high school student adalah orang sebagai objek, maka relative pronoun yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah whom yang berfungsi menggantikan orang sebagai objek. 9. C Yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah subjek. Melihat pilihan yang ada, maka disimpulkan bahwa subjek kalimat itu berupa noun clause, yang mana susunan noun clause adalah : Connector + S + V, yaitu : whether he is involved in the trade of narcotics 10. E

assistant: pembantu

mechanics: ahli mesin

carpentes: tukang kayu

instructors: instruktur

porter: kuli angkut barang 11. B Not only berpasangan dengan but also, membentuk struktur paralel. Pada kalimat itu setelah not only adalah Verb+s, maka setelah but also juga verb+s. 12. D Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan atas kegiatan yang terjadi di waktu lampau digunakan must+have + verb3. Kalimat itu berarti: Pencuri pasti telah masuk ruang guru melalui jendela ini karena ada jejak kaki di dekat jendela. 13. B Setelah memberikan resep kepada pasien, dokter menyuruh pasien untuk minum obat itu dengan teratur. (pelaku pada main clause harus sama dengan pelaku pada participial phrase). 14. D Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah present participle yang berarti setelah, yaitu : Having saved. 15. A Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat causative dengan causative verb-nya adalah make. Pola kalimat causative : S + make + O + V1, maka verb yang tepat adalah cry. 16. A Makna kalimat pengandaian itu adalah : Ia dipromosikan sehingga ia mempertahankan pekerjaannya (he kept his job.)

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 182

17. B Pertanyaan menggunakan verb lampau, maka jawaban atas pertanyaan itu menggunakan verb-2, yaitu needed. 18. C Naskah tulisan tangan (hand-written) asli drama itu dipamerkan di museum. Hand-written adalah past participle yang berfungsi sebagai adjective dan menerangkan noun manuscript. 19. A Ia banyak bercerita tentang Pilipina. Ia pasti telah tinggal (must have lived) di sana dalam waktu lama. 20. A “Mengapa Didi tidak mau pulang ke rumah?” “Ibunya akan menyalahkannya (would blame) karena ia menyebabkan kecelakaan mobil. 21. C Arti kalimat itu adalah : Orang tua Sarah tidak bisa tidur hingga ia pulang. Kalimat tersebut sama artinya dengan : sebelum Sarah pulang, orang tuanya tidak bisa tidur. 22. C “Andi, tutup jendela-jendelanya, ya. Aku sedang sibuk sekarang.” “Aku sendiri sibuk, tapi…..” Kalimat yang tepat untuk melengkapi dialog tersebut adalah kalimat causative, yang menyatakan bahwa subjek menyuruh orang lain melakukan sesuatu untuknya, yaitu: “ …..aku akan menyuruh jendela-jenela itu ditutup (I will have them closed).” 23. A Pamanku tidak berprnghasilan banyak, tetapi( however) ia bisa menyekolahkan anak-anaknya ke perguruan tinggi. 24. E Pada kalimat ini tanda koma digunakan untuk memisahkan adjective, yaitu setelah adjective excellent, dan interesting. 25. C Kata yang diperlukan diantara to be dan verb3 pada kalimat pasif adalah adverb, yaitu: nationally (secara nasional). 26. B Deny diikuti gerund (verb-ing). 27. B Anakmu akan dioperasi besok pagi. Kata dokter, ia harus (must) banyak istirahat.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 183

28. A Susunan kata yang tepat untuk kalimat tanya ini adalah : Auxiliary + S + adverb of frequency + V + O + adverb (Does she always dress herself so fashionably?) 29. D Kita akan melakukan perjalanan jauh, maka kita harus menyuruh mobil kita diperiksa (have the car checked). kata-kata yang bergaris bawah adalah kalimat causative have yang menyatakan subjek menyuruh orang lain melakukan pekerjaan untuknya. 30. C Kata kerja setelah preposisi adalah Verb-ing. Of adalah preposisi, karena verb yang mengikutinya bermakna pasif, maka verb yang tepat adalah being left (ditinggalkan).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 184

B. SOAL RAYON B

REGIONAL II TAHUN 2004

Text I

Scientist have discovered the bones of what may be the largest meat-eating dinosaur ever walk the earth. The discovery was made by a team of researcher from Argentina in Patagonia, a dessert on the eastern slopes of the Andes in South America. Besides the interesting fact that the dinosaur was huge and horrifying, it is even more astounding that the bones of a number of the dinosaur s were found together. This discovery challenges the prior theory that the biggest met eaters lived as loners and instead indicates that they may lived and hunted in packs. The Tyrannosaurus Rex lived in North America and was believed to hunt and lived alone.

The newly discovered meat-eater appears to be related to the Gigannotosaurus family, being as closely related to it as a fox would be to a dog. It is actually not of the same family at all as the Tyrannosaurus Rex, being as different from it as a cat is from a dog.

The fossilized remain indicate that the animals lived about 100 million years ago. With needle-shaped razor sharp teeth, they were larger than the Tyrannosaurus Rex, although their legs were slightly shorter, and their jaws were designed to be better able to cut the body of their prey pieces quickly and precisely.

1. The main information of the text is… .

(A) the discovery made in Patagonia (B) the research on dinosaurs (C) the bones of dinosaurs (D) the types of dinosaurs (E) the meat-eating dinosaur

2. The researchers found the bones of a new type of dinosaur in … .

(A) Argentina (B) North America (C) East Patagonia (D) The Andes forest (E) South America

3. Which of the following is TRUE about the newly discovered

dinosaurs? (A) They are called Tyrannosaurus Rex (B) They liked living as loners (C) They are called Giganotosaurus (D) They used to live in groups (E) They were not as huge as other dinosaurs

4. The bones of the dinosaurs discovered recently shows that the

newly-discovered dinosaurs … .

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 185

(A) are closely related to those living in North America (B) have the same bone structure as those of fox and dogs (C) eat their prey in neat pieces due to the shapes of their jaws (D) lived in hundred million years earlier than other dinosaurs (E) belong to the same family and origin as Giganotosaurus

5. From the text we may conclude that … .

(A) the jaws of dinosaurs were shaped the same (B) dinosaurs‟ characteristic and way of life are different (C) North America was the origin of all dinosaurs (D) Dinosaurs could not live together with their own kind (E) All dinosaurs have the same bones and the same height.

Text II

Nutrition messages can be very confusing. One minute you‟re advised to eat plenty of fruit and vegetables to get your essential vitamins and minerals and next, you‟re told that too many vitamins might actually be harmful. But wait! If you take vitamin supplement, you should be aware that very high intake s of some vitamins could be potentially harmful. If you eat a healthy , balanced diet, then there is no need for you to take supplements. Here are some of the effects that excessive intakes of some vitamins can have: too much vitamin A can cause nausea headache, blurred vision, on orange skin colour and possibly even liver damage. Over consumption of vitamin D can lead to loss of appetite, weakness, excessive thirst and other fat-soluble vitamins E and K can interfere with some blood clotting medications. We all know how good vitamin C can be for us but did you know that too much of it can cause nausea, diarrhea, and in severe cases, it can form kidney stones? High levels of vitamin B6 can also cause nerve damage.

6. The topic of the above paragraph is… .

(A) the effects of vitamin supplements (B) confusing ideas about nutritious food (C) the harm of some vitamins to people (D) diseases caused by consuming vitamins (E) the effects of excessive intake of vitamins

7. Which of the following is the best thing for our health?

(A) To eat fruit and vegetables only. (B) Not to consume any supplement (C) To have a diet balanced in nutrition (D) Not to take vitamins at all. (E) To take a daily, high dosage of vitamin C.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 186

Text III

Time is a very important commodity when you are a university student; there simply never seems to be enough of it to go around. You will need to attend classes, study, complete homework assignments, work on research, eat, sleep, perhaps hold down a part-time job, and maybe actually find time to relax for a moment or two. If you manage your time wisely, you will find that there is enough time to do all these things. One valuable tool in time management is to monitor how you spend your time for a week. Then, after you spend a week monitoring your time, you can evaluate what you have done with your time and learn to make the best use of it. During the week of personal time monitoring, you should divide each twenty-four hour day into fifteen minute blocks, so each day has ninety-six blocks of time. Then, write down how you spend each fifteen-minute period. At the end of a week, you will see just how much time you have spent productively and how much time you have not. 8. The author‟s purpose of writing this text is to show… .

(A) how university students utilize their time (B) how to find out whether students know about time management (C) how short time is for a student to complete his tasks (D) how students can manage their time productively (E) how to divide our day into fifteen-minute blocks

9. University students never seem to have enough time to go around

because … . (A) they have to attend classes and do their homework (B) they have to work part-time to pay their tuition fee (C) they are not able to manage their time properly (D) they have regularly monitored and evaluated their time (E) they do not write down how they spend each fifteen-minute

period

Text IV

For several decades, the term „psychosomatic” has been in general

use. It means mind-body ….(10)… .But the precise way the mind affects the body has not been clearly defined. As the result of recent research, …11…, it is possible to say that specific changes take place throughout the body as the result of human attitudes. Placebos- a ‟pill‟ that contain no medical ingredients but that often ….12….the same effect as genuine medication – provide ample proof that expectations can have an effect on the body chemistry. The explanation for this phenomenon is that the human mind can … 13…actual changes in body-chemistry as a result of what it believes. If, for example, a person believes that a certain medication …14… a substance that can accomplish a specific need, the body tends to move to that direction.

10. (A) relate

(B) relatively

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 187

(C) relationship (D) relative (E) related

11. (A) furthermore (B) however (C) moreover (D) therefore (E) in addition

12. (A) establishes (B) enhances (C) activates (D) productive (E) concludes

13. (A) create (B) creation (C) creative (D) created (E) creating

14. (A) follows (B) contains (C) excludes (D) defines (E) improves

15. This area is not feasible for transmigration because of its infertile soil and … . (A) it has dry climate (B) the climate is dry (C) because the climate is dry (D) the dryness of the climate (E) dry climate

16. „There‟s a letter starting that Ina has to leave for the U.S. next week.‟

„Well, she …. The news right away then.‟ (A) should tell (B) should have told (C) should be telling (D) should be told (E) should be telling

17. „Why don‟t you want Amir to be the team leader?‟

„Well, I don‟t like … people around!‟ (A) his ordering (B) why he orders (C) he is ordering

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 188

(D) he orders (E) with his ordering

18. „Even though he has seen a doctor, I can see that his condition is

not improving.‟ „…. a specialist then!‟ (A) Does he have (B) Isn‟t he seeing (C) Have him see (D) He has seen (E) He too has seen

19. „You were supposed to be here ten minutes ago.‟

„I … for a place to park.‟ (A) am looking (B) looked (C) have looked (D) look (E) was looking

20. „How was your test?‟

„Not very good. I …. much better if I had not misread the directions for the last section.‟ (A) might do (B) must have done (C) should do (D) could have done (E) would do

21. If Angga had chosen to play football instead of going with his friends

on their motorbikes, he would not have got that terrible accident. From the above sentence we may conclude that now Angga is … . (A) enjoying the holiday (B) hospitalized (C) very tired (D) still at the football field (E) in Puncak

22. Many people in the world are against the construction of nuclear

power plants in their neighbourhood for fear of the accidents that may harm their lives; nevertheless, … . (A) governments insist on using nuclear power as alternative energy (B) most recently established stations are closed (C) there is no future for nuclear power industry (D) people still prefer various traditional kinds of energy (E) nuclear energy has many disadvantages over traditional ones

23. „Why are your friends writing a petition to the headmaster?”

„…… our canteen and sport facilities improved.‟ (A) Get

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 189

(B) Getting (C) For getting (D) Got (E) To get

24. These tourists, ….are Japanese, were among crowd participating in

the “dangdut” dance. (A) there are many (B) many of them (C) whose many (D) many of whom (E) they who

25. All the doctors in our hospital have their own practice room and each

of them …. a nurse to assist him. (A) needs (B) they need (C) he needs (D) need (E) to need

SPMB REGIONAL II TAHUN 2002

Text-I

Fertilizer is any substance that can be added to soil to provide chemical elements essential for plant nutrition. Natural substances such as animal droppings and straw have been used as fertilizers for thousands of years, and lime has been used since the Romans introduced it during the Empire. It was not until the nineteenth century, in fact, that chemical fertilizers became popular. Today, both natural and synthetic fertilizers are available in a variety of forms.

A complete fertilizer is usually marked with a formula consisting of three numbers, such as 4-8-2 or 3-6-4, which designate the percentage content of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash in the order stated.

Synthetic fertilizers are available in either solid or liquid form. Solids, in the shape of chemical granules are popular because they are easy to store and apply. Recently, liquids have shown an increase in popularity, accounting for about 20 percent of the nitrogen fertilizer used throughout the world. Formerly powders were also used, but these were found to be less convenient than either solids or liquids.

Fertilizer have no harmful effects on the soil, the crop, or the consumer as long they are used according to recommendations based on the results of local research. Occasionally, however, farmers may use move fertilizer than necessary, damaging not only the crop but also the animals of humans that eat it. Accumulations of fertilizer in the water supply accelerate the growth of algae and, consequently, may disturb the natural cycle of life, contributing to the death of fish. Too much

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 190

fertilizer or grass can cause digestive disorders in cattle and in infants who drink cow‟s milk.

1. The topic of the text is ….

A. natural and synthetic fertilizer B. the formula of complete fertilizers C. effects of fertilizers on the soil D. the solid and liquid forms of synthetic fertilizers E. the damage caused by using excessive fertilizers

2. The function of any fertilizer is ….

A. to produce natural substances for plants B. to make chemical granules easy to store and apply C. to prevent the crop from being damaged D. to replace animal droppings and lime E. to provide rich nutrients to plants

3. In the formula 4-8-2, the content of ….

A. phosphoric acid is twice as much as that of nitrogen B. nitrogen is much less than that of potash C. potash is greater than of nitrogen D. nitrogen is equal to that of potash and phosphoric acid E. phosphoric acid is half of that nitrogen

4. According to the text, which of the following statements is true about

fertilizers? A. Today, farmers do not use animal dung to fertilize their plants. B. Throughout the world liquid fertilizers are more popular than

solids. C. Using fertilizers in farming is a modern phenomenon. D. Farmers were introduced to synthetic fertilizers in the 1800 s. E. Powders are used as an alternative of solids and liquids.

5. Which of the following is not the result of using excessive fertilizers?

A. Water creatures may die. B. The soil can yield the expected crop. C. Humans and animals may be intoxicated. D. The growth of algae in water may increase. E. Cow‟s milk may harm consumers.

Text II

The YHA (Youth Hostels Association) welcomes quests – young or old, individuals or groups. who need a wheelchair to get around or who have visual, hearing or other handicaps. We have many positive advantages to offer – above all friendly companionship and inexpensive accommodation at hostels throughout England and Wales, in the country-side, in cities, towns and on the coast.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 191

Of course there have to be some „ifs‟. We must be realistic. Only one of our hostels – Broad Haven on the Pembrokeshire coast – is specially designed to cater for handicapped people. Other hostels (castles, old mills, mansions, former schools, town houses and country cottages) vary greatly in such things as accessibility (particularly for wheelchair), the amount of ground floor accommodation available, the with of doorway and the number of downstairs toilets.

6. The topic of the text is ….

A. the best youth hostels in the world B. the hostels operated by the YHA C. a special hostel for YHA staff members D. the types of buildings used as hostels E. the importance of hostels for the handicapped

7. What is „unusual‟ about the YHA is that it ….

A. provides inexpensive accommodation B. is owned by a group of youngsters C. particularly locates its hostels on the coast. D. has a hostel for handicapped people E. has hostel with different types of architecture

Text III

About one hundred eighty million years ago, strange flying reptiles

called pterosaurs first appeared on Earth. Some were smaller than sparrows but others may have been large than planes. Their wings, which were somewhat like the wings of bats, were made of thin, leathery skin stretched across slender bones. Of all, the dinosaurs, pterosaurs were the only ones that could fly.

When pterosaurs died, some of them fell into lakes, marshes, or seas where their bodies were covered by layers of mud and earth. Slowly, over thousands of years, the earth around the bones and the space inside them filled with minerals and became hard, or fossilized. Scientists can now tell what pterosaurs looked like by examining these preserved skeletons. Because scientists can determine the age rocks in which fossils are found, they know when different types of pterosaurs lived.

8. The main information of the paragraph is about ….

A. scientific methods in examining fossils B. the history of flying reptiles C. the unique size and ability of pterosaurs D. the importance of scientific study E. the only flying reptiles of the dinosaur family

9. Scientists can determine the age in which pterosaurs lived by ….

A. examining layers of mud and earth

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 192

B. comparing pterosaurs with animals alive today C. measuring the wingspans of pterosaurs D. studying the rocks around the pterosaur fossils E. analyzing the minerals that let to fossilization

Text IV

The term placebo is used to describe a pill that contains no medical ingredients but that often produces the same effect as real medicine. Placebos …(10)… ample proof that expectations can have an effect on body chemistry. Studies conducted over the past 25 years have shown that placebos …(11)… relieved symptoms in an average of 35 percent of patients tested. There symptoms …(12)… fever, severe post-operative pain, anginal plain, headache, and anxiety. The …(13)… for this strange phenomenon is that the human mind can create actual change in body chemistry as a result of what it believes. If, ….(14)…. a person believes that a certain medication contains a substance that can accomplish a specific need, the body tends to move in that direction. 10. A. discover D. maintain

B. contain E. provide C. establish

11. A. satisfy D. satisfactory

B. satisfaction E. satisfactorily C. satisfying

12. A. include D. included

B. inclusion E. including C. inclusive

13. A. solution D. explanation

B. discussion E. addition C. intention

14. A. for example D. in turn

B. in addition E. as well as C. such as

15. “What is a pediatrician?” “Oh, it‟s a doctor …. specialization is treating children.”

A. whom D. that B. which E. whose C. who

16. The expensive treatment had been well researched, however, ….

A. it cured the patient effectively B. it could comfort the patient C. it was not very effective D. it made the patient feel well E. it did not cause discomfort

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 193

17. “Does Anto know that Myrna had an accident yesterday?” “I don‟t thing so. We …. as soon as we were informed.” A. may have told him B. should have told him C. had to tell him D. must have told him E. had better tell him

18. They have worked hard to prevent excessive government spending

protect environment, and …. A. provide quality education B. the provision of quality education C. providing quality education D. quality education is provided E. for providing quality education

19. “I wonder where my reading glasses are. Have you seen them?‟

“No, I haven‟t. You …. left them in the office.” A. should have D. could have B. must be having E. ought to have C. must be having

20. …. she was able to achieve what she had dreamed of.

A. Carefully did she plan her future B. She planned her future carefully C. Her future was planned with care D. Her future was carefully planned E. Having planned her future carefully

21. “When are you going to tell your sister the good news?”

“When she …. from her business trip. A. will be returning D. was returning B. is gong to return E. had returned C. returns

22. “If had known you needed a camera for your project, could have lent you mine”. „Oh ….. A. thanks a lot for the camera B. I didn‟t know you had a camera C. I‟ll borrow it from you then D. thanks, it‟s an excellent camera

E. ‟ ll. soon return it.

23. The Amazon valley is extremely important to the ecology of the earth. Forty percent of the world‟s oxygen …. there. A. are being produced D. is produced B. are produced E. was produced C. is being produced

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 194

24. “ need to do some exercise to stay fit.” “Have you considered …. for one hour everyday?” A. walking D. to be walking B. you walk E. walk C. to walk

25. „Hari started learning to play chess when he was only five years old

won his first national chess competition when he was ten‟. This means that Hari … to play chess very well by the time he was 10 years old. A. had learned D. would learn B. was learning E. has learned C. will have learned

SOAL RAYON B TAHUN 2001 Text I

During the 1980s unemployment and underemployment in some countries have been as high as 90%. Some countries do not produce enough food; basic needs in housing and clothing are unmet. Many of these countries look to the industrial processes of the developed nations for solutions to these problems. But the problems are not always solved this way. The industry of the developed nations is highly automated and very expensive. It provides fewer jobs than non automated industrial processes, and highly skilled workers are needed maintain and repair the equipment. These workers must be trained, but many nations do not have necessary training institutions. Thus, the cost of importing industry becomes higher. Students must be sent abroad to receive vocational and professional training. Often, just to begin training, the students must first learn English, French, German, or Japanese. The students their spend many years abroad, and some do not return home. All nations agree that science and technology should be shared. However, countries adopting the industrial processes of the developed nations need to look carefully at the costs. Many of these costs are hidden. Students from these nations should study the problems of the industrialized countries closely. With care, they will take home not the problems of science and technology, but they benefits.

1. The topic of the text is _________

(A) the reasons why some countries do not produce enough food

(B) industrialization of countries with a high rate of employment

(C) the economic condition of less developed countries (D) problems in transferring advanced technology to

developing countries

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 195

(E) the efforts made by developed countries to eliminate unemployment in developing countries

2. Some developing countries want to take over industrial processes of

developed countries because they _________ (A) look for financial aid to develop their economies (B) cannot meet their people‟s basic needs (C) need more people who master foreign languages (D) want to establish training institutions for their people (E) have to overcome problems caused by

industrializations 3. The following are problems faced by developing countries in

transferring advanced technology EXCEPT _________ (A) the lack of highly skilled labour (B) the development of human resources (C) the non-automated industrial processes (D) the maintenance and repair of equipment (E) the high cost of industrialization

4. Which of the following is TRUE about developing the countries‟

adoption of advanced technology? (A) Not every developing country has the means to adopt

advanced technology. (B) Vocational and professional training should be done

domestically. (C) More job opportunities will be created when adopting

advanced technology. (D) The problem of poverty can be solved by adopting

industrial processes. (E) Advanced technology decreases the rate of

unemployment in developing countries. 5. It is important for people who get training in developed countries to

study the problems of industrialized countries in order _________ (A) be able to overcome those problems in their countries (B) take home the problems of science and technology (C) reveal all hidden costs which may cause problems (D) reduce the high cost of science and technology transfer (E) get the real advantages from the adopted technology

Text II

Children love cartoons, and they can sit for hours watching them. For this reason, Sunday morning television offers one cartoon program after another. However, given the age of the viewing audience, these programs communicate a disturbing message : they suggest that the world in one big battlefield with warfare which is the primary activity of human and aliens alike. In cartoon after cartoon, animated characters

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 196

shoot, boom, and blow one another up. The message is that warfare is fun, without any serious or damaging effects. And that message is further reinforced by the commercial interruptions which are designed to sell everything from play thanks to toy grenades. 6. The main idea of this paragraph is _________

(A) children love cartoon on Sunday morning (B) cartoons give children a mistaken view of the world (C) children spend too much time watching cartoon (D) television offers the children too many cartoons (E) children love the animated characters in cartoons

7. From the paragraph we can conclude that the writer _________

(A) is concerned about the effect of all TV programs on children

(B) objects to the violence shown in cartoon films (C) thinks that too many commercials interrupt television

programs (D) is worried about the warfare that is going on in the world (E) suggests that children should not be allowed to watch

television Text III

As there is not enough land, food or work for all the people on earth,

living underwater will help solve these problems. But how will we breathe underwater ? Just as our lungs take in oxygen from the water. However, it is dangerous for man to breathe in ordinary sea-water because there not enough oxygen for him. Scientists have then come up with some solutions. One is to set up large tents on the sea-bed and then to pump in enough oxygen which will not be able to escape to other part of the sea. Another is to wear diving gear equipped with a tank of oxygen. In fact, American scientists have already invented artificial gills – an organ with which a fish breathes – which enable man to stay underwater for sometime. 8. The text tells us about how to _________

(A) live underwater (B) wear diving gear (C) invent artificial gills (D) set up tents on the sea-bed (E) design oxygen tanks

9. There should be supporting devices to enable people to stay

underwater because _________ (A) people underwater need a place to live (B) it is the task of the scientists to invent them (C) people will have to protect themselves from danger (D) there is not enough oxygen underwater

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 197

(E) they will make people breathe like a fish Text IV

At least one-quarter of the medicines we buy in the developed world

have their ___(10)___ in tropical forest plants. Many such medicines are still ___(11)___ much more cheaply by isolation from the plant than by synthetic processes, and in fact, many cannot be synthesized at all. Morphine, quinine, ipecac, atropine, caffeine, and nicotine are all well-known derivatives of tropical forest plants. Over a thousand ___(12)___ of tropical forest plants are believed to be potentially effective ___(13)___ cancer. One such plant, Rosy Periwinkle, a herb of the tropical forest edge, has already provided two drugs that have ___(14)___ the chances of recovery for children with leukemia. 10. (A) origin

(B) original (C) originate (D) originality (E) originating

11. (A) bought

(B) received (C) produced (D) invented (E) created

12. (A) species

(B) system (C) quantities (D) series (E) cluster

13. (A) toward

(B) on (C) over (D) against (E) with

14. (A) heightened

(B) increased (C) stretched (D) extended (E) enlarged

15. „Do you really want to buy this old crumbling house ?‟

„Yes, we know the house needs ________, but we love the surrounding.‟ (A) to repair (B) to be repairing

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 198

(C) repairing (D) repaired (E) be repaired

16. The news on the local radio stations as well as in the newspapers

________ that the riots have spread to other places in the city. (A) to be confirmed (B) is confirmed (C) confirm (D) are confirmed (E) confirms

17. „While living in Bogor, we always went to school on foot.‟

This means that we ________ on foot while we were living in Bogor. (A) go to school (B) are going to school (C) used to go to school (D) are used to going to school (E) liked going to school

18. „When I arrived at his office at 3.00, Indra was not there.‟

„Well, he ________ early.‟ (A) should go home (B) must have gone home (C) might go home (D) would have gone home (E) had better go home

19. „People are concerned about the depletion of energy sources.

However, they should not forget another important thing.' „You mean ________ our environment?‟ (A) should protect (B) it is protecting (C) they protect (D) having to protect (E) protected

20. I ________ all over the place for my dictionary when I suddenly

remembered that my sister had borrowed it. (A) have looked (B) was looking (C) looked (D) am looking (E) have been looking

21. „I can‟t find my hand phone in my bag !‟

„Well, you ______ in the car. Let‟s take a look !‟ (A) may have to leave it (B) had to leave it (C) should have left it

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 199

(D) may have left it (E) must leave it

22. „I‟ve heard that your daughter is going to climb Mount Semeru for the

second time.‟ „That‟s right. I don‟t understand ________ to do it.‟ (A) why does she want (B) that she wants (C) why she wants (D) does she want (E) what she wants

23. Trying to smuggle drugs into the country, the criminals were caught by customs officials at the airport. The underlined words mean : „________ to smuggle drugs into country.‟ (A) When the criminals were trying (B) Although the customs officials have tried (C) Before the smuggle tried (D) Because the customs officials were trying (E) Until the criminals were trying

24. This is the latest news about the kidnapping of the richest

businessman in town ________ we received a few minute ago. (A) whom (B) of which (C) where (D) whose (E) which

25. „I don‟t think you can translate the whole book by yourself.‟

„You‟re right. I‟d like to ________ a part of it for me.‟ (A) have your translate (B) you have translated (C) have translated for you (D) you have to translate (E) have been translating

26. Now that he has moved to my town, we can see each other

regularly. The underlined words mean: „________ to my town, we can see each other regularly.‟ (A) Before he has moved (B) Because he has moved (C) Although he has moved (D) Provided that he has moved (E) In the meantime he has moved

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 200

27. Smoking can be the cause of many illnesses and respiratory

disorders; ________, it may harm non- smokers. (A) consequently (B) however (C) in addition (D) nevertheless (E) otherwise

28. „If I hadn‟t booked in advance, I would have had difficulties in getting

good accommodation at a reasonable price.‟ This sentence means: ________. (A) It was difficult to get a room although I had a reservation (B) I found a room in advance but it wasn‟t comfortable (C) The room I got was good but rather expensive (D) I was lucky to get a good room without reservation (E) I got a good room and I didn‟t have to pay much

29. „What do you think about the location of our new restaurant?‟

„Excellent, ________ in the centre of the town.‟ (A) which location is strategical (B) locating it strategically (C) it is strategically located (D) that is a strategical location (E) the strategical location

30. Parliament members were troubled not only by the present political

condition ________ (A) but the current socio-economic condition is also bad (B) and so is the current socio-economic condition (C) besides the current socio-economic condition is bad (D) but also by the current socio-economic condition (E) as well as the current socio-economic condition

UMPTN RAYON B Tahun 2000

Text I

Several theories have been proposed about why the dinosaurs

disappeared from the face of the earth. In recent years one popular theory propones that climatic changes caused the dinosaurs to become extinct. This climatic change theory says that millions of years ago the climate of the world gradually became colder. As the earth slowly became colder, fewer plants were able to grow. The cold weather finally resulted in a severe shortage of food for the dinosaurs. As you probably know, most of the dinosaurs were vegetarians, and they depended on plants for their food supply. In summary, then, the disappearance of the dinosaurs was caused directly by a shortage of plants to eat, and indirectly by a change in the climate.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 201

Today, there is new evidence for the theory that the dinosaurs did not disappear gradually, but that they disappeared quickly and suddenly. This theory is known as the asteroid theory. It states that a huge asteroid, or perhaps a comet, hit the earth about 65 million years ago. When this comet or asteroid hit the earth, it caused a huge dust cloud. The huge dust cloud covered the whole earth and blocked out the sun for months. Since there was no sun form any, many months, most of the plants on earth died. The dinosaur‟s food supply was destroyed in a period of months.

While this asteroid theory is not new, what is new is the evidence for the theory. Until recently there was no evidence that an asteroid or a comet had hit the earth 65 million years ago. What happened recently was that scientists found large amounts of a rare earth element called iridium all over the world. This iridium was found in layers of the earth that are 65 million years old. The iridium was found in the same layers where the bones of the last dinosaurs were found.

The element iridium is very uncommon, in fact, rare, on the earth. It is an element, however, that is more often found in space. Scientists speculate that this iridium was brought to earth 65 million years ago when a comet of asteroid hit the earth.

The comet or asteroid theory explains two things : (1) It explains the larger amounts of the rare element iridium found in the 65 – million – year – old layer s of earth, and (2) it explains why the dinosaurs disappeared from the earth.

Today scientist continue to debate two theories: the climatic change theory and the asteroid theory. In the future evidence may be found that supports a totally new theory of why the terrible lizards died out.

1. The main information of the text is about….

A. the climatic change theory B. the era of dinosaurs 65 million years ago C. the asteroid theory D. different theories on the extinction of dinosaurs E. the iridium element theory

2. Which of the following statements is true about the climatic

theory? A. Scientists believe that the climatic change happened 6 5

million years ago. B. The change in climate critically reduced the food supply

for the dinosaurs. C. At the time of the dinosaurs, all animals were

vegetarians. D. The disappearance of dinosaurs affected the climatic

change. E. The cold weather made animals living at that time

unable to survive

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 202

3. The asteroid theory states that…. A. the dust cloud originating from the fallen comet killed all

organisms on earth B. the effect of an asteroid hitting the earth developed

gradually C. the spread of the dust cloud on earth darkened the earth

for years D. the dinosaurs were killed by the asteroid hitting the earth

65 million year ago E. most vegetation died because of the dust cloud severing

the whole earth

4. Which of the following statements is true about the iridium element? A. It is believed that it originated in space. B. It is an element found in the bones of dinosaurs C. it came after the comet hit the earth. D. It existed only 65 million years ago E. It is an element commonly found on earth.

5. From the text we may conclude that….

A. modern scientists believe in the asteroid theory B. the new evidence for a new theory has recently been

found C. there is no agreement among scientists about the two

theories D. scientists have accepted the truth of both theories E. both theories have been combined to become

scientifically acceptable

Text II

Scientist believe that the earth‟s original atmosphere probably

consisted of ammonia and methane. Perhaps, 20 million year sago the atmosphere evolved into something resembling the modern composition of 78 percent nitrogen, 20 percent oxygen, and a variety of other gases. One factor that was instrumental in causing the change in the atmosphere was the evolution of plant life; oxygen is part of the modern day atmosphere because of plant live and the process of photosynthesis that goes along with it.

6. The topic of the passage is….

A. the static atmosphere B. the change in the atmosphere C. the earth‟s original atmosphere D. the process of photosynthesis E. the evolution of plant life

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 203

7. Changes in the earth‟s atmosphere took place because of the following except A. the changing composition of gases B. the development in plant life C. the earth‟s original atmosphere D. the process of photosynthesis E. the evolution of the ecosystem

Text III

The most popular festival in Japan takes place from 1

sd – 3

rd

January, and is called Ganjitsu, which means „the beginning of the year.‟ People believe that good or bad luck in the first few days of the year represents the luck you will have for the rest of the year. Ganjitsu is celebrated by ceremonial housecleaning feasting and by the exchanging of visits and presents. Most people put up special decorations at the entrance to their houses to keep out evil spirits. The main decoration is a sacred rope decorated with ferns, oranges and lobster. All of these things are thought to bring good fortune, prosperity and long life. Finally, no celebration is complete without mochi cake and zoni soup. Both the cake and the soup are made from traditional recipes.

8. The topic of the above paragraph is…

A. keeping out evil spirits in Japan B. good and bad luck in Japan C. popular Japanese celebrations D. the Ganjitsu festival E. Japanese cake and soup

9. Japanese believe that their fate in a particular year depends

on…. A. their good or bad luck in the first days of the year B. how they celebrate the Ganjitsu festival C. whether they succeed in keeping their homes free from evil

spirits D. how they decorate their houses with all the required items E. whether their mochi cake an d zoni soup follow the traditional

recipes

Text IV

….. (10) most people know that the success of a television show is measured by its ratings, few know exactly how shows are rated, First, a rating company ….(11) meters in a few thousand representative homes in a particular area…..(12) the television set in one of these homes is turned o n, the meter records the day, time and the channel. The meter then ….(13) sends this information to the rating company‟s headquarters. A computer at the headquarters tallies all of the

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 204

information from all the homes in the area….(14), the computers prints rating sheet that shows how many homes watch each show and which shows are them most popular.

10. A. Although D. Nevertheless

B. However E. Because C. Since

11. A. induces D. invites

B. installs E. interprets C. introspects

12. A. Thus D. Unless

B. Until E. Since C. When

13. A. electronic D. electronically B. electrical E. electronical C. electricity

14. A. Finally D. Recently B. Eventually E. Gradually C. Subsequently

15. Despite criticisms from political opponents, the new

president continues his…. Abroad to appeal to foreign countries to invest in Indonesia A. to travel D. be traveling B. traveled E. to be traveled C. traveling

16. „What is the most worrying effect of the economic crisis?‟

„………children are deprived of nutritious food necessary for their physical and intellectual development.‟ A. Why D. Which B. That E. When C. What

17. We allowed the children to watch their favorite TV program

yesterday, only after they…. doing their school assignments A. were finishing D. would finish B. have finished E. had finished C. finish

18. „The curtains of my room need washing.‟

„Well, go to the laundry and….‟ A. wash them B. they are washed C. it should wash them

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 205

D. have them washed E. make them wash

19. „Several hotels in this region are closing down.‟

„That‟s because tourism itself…..since last year.‟ A. is declining B. declined C. has been declining D. was declining E. had declined

20. „Why are you so late?‟

„We had to stop on the way…..some gasoline.‟ A. to buy D. we had to buy B. we bought E. buying C. must buy

21. Being a government official, he does not earn much but

he…. A. lives in poverty B. is very dedicated C. is never happy D. is not satisfied E. is frequently absent

22. „What has made these tourist resorts so unattractive now?‟ „The poor maintenance of….facilities.‟ A. it C. its E. theirs B. their D. they

23. „Was John accepted at Astra?‟

„He might have been; I haven‟t seen him around for some time.‟ From the above sentence we may conclude that he…. A. refuses to work for Astra B. is not working for Astra C. is still unemployed D. was certainly accepted E. was probably accepted

24. Having finished their exam,…..

A. the books must be returned to the library B. the library requires the books to be returned C. the library requires students to return the books D. the students must return the books to the library E. it is required that students return the books to the library

25. To face the globalization era in 2020, improvement in all

sectors of the economy…… A. highly necessitated

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 206

B. is highly necessary C. the necessity is very high D. are necessarily high E. are highly necessitated

26. „You seem to be waiting for something these days.‟

„That‟s true; I‟m waiting…. for an interview.‟ A. called D. calling B. to call E. to be called C. be called

27. …..there people have died of cholera, the old people of the

village refused to get an injection against it. A. Although D. Since B. However E. Despite C. In spite of

28. Tini‟s frequent absences from school and….f or almost all

subjects are caused by her addiction to narcotics A. she has bad grades B. her grades that are bad C. her bad grades D. that her grades are bad E. all her grades are bad

29. The books on this shelf, …. Are about child education,

belong to my sister – in – law. A. which of most D. most of which B. in which E. of which C. that of most

30. The man hit by a car yesterday would have died if the

doctors had not immediately operated on him. From the above sentence, we may conclude that….. A. the man will be immediately operated on B. the man is still alive C. it‟s too late to save the man D. the man died after the operation E. the doctors did not operate on him

UMPTN 1999 RAYON B Text I

Though some foods, such as rice, wheat and other cereals, can be ripened and then stored for years before they deteriorate, other foods, such as meat and fish, normally deteriorate quickly. Generally, if food is to be eaten weeks or months after it has been killed or harvested, the processes of decay must be halted by treating the food in a way which

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 207

does not make it unpalatable. But no single method of preservation is suitable for all types of food. The traditional methods of drying, smoking, salting or pickling foods were widely used long before it was known why these methods were effective. It is now known that the processes of decay are accelerated by enzymes already present in the food cells and by bacteria or other micro-organisms which may be already present or may come from external sources. To preserve food from decay, it is necessary either to destroy the bacteria or to create an environment in which bacteria cannot multiply and enzymes are inactivated. Bacteria can be destroyed by heat and be inactivated by depriving them of moisture. Enzymes can be inactivated by cold or by reducing the moisture content. The moisture content of food can be reduced by drying it in the sun or by other means. Meat or fish suspended over a smoking fire is partly dried and the smoke also has bactericidal properties. But to understand why salt and vinegar are effective preservatives, it is necessary to consider some physical principles.

1. The topic of the whole text is_____

A. food preservation B. the processes of decay C. the enzymes in food cells D. the best method of drying meat E. the moisture content of food

2. What speeds up the processes of decay

A. Moisture and heat B. Enzymes and heat C. Bacteria and moisture D. Enzymes and bacteria E. Moisture and enzymes

3. Smoke is used to preserve meat because it __________

A. improves the taste of meat B. reduces the number of food cells C. dries the meat and kills the bacteria D. promotes the growth of microorganisms E. accelerates the process of activating enzymes

4. ……the process of decay must be halted by treating the food in a way

which does not make it unpalatable (lines 3-5) The underlined words indicate that the food is treated in a way that can ____

A. keep the food fresh B. preserve the flavour of the food C. prevent the food from getting soft D. make the food taste much better E. store the food for later use

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 208

5. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about methods of preservation ? A. Our ancestors knew several methods of preservation B. Pickling vegetables is an old way of preservation C. Drying fish in the sun is a familiar method of preservation D. Traditional methods of preservation are very effective E. The only correct method of preservation for every kind of food is

smoking Text II

People are often surprised to learn just how long some varieties of trees can live. If asked to estimate the age of the oldest living trees, they often come up with guesses in the neighbourhood of two to three hundred years. The real answer is considerably larger than that, more than five thousand years. The tree that wins the prize for its considerable maturity is the bristlecone pine of California. This venerable pine predates wonders of the ancient word such as the pyramids of Egypt and the Hanging garden of Babylon. It is not nearly as tall as the giant redwood, which is also from California, and in fact it is actually not very tall compared with many other trees, often little more than five metres in height. This relatively short height may be one of the factors that aid the bristlecone pine in living to a ripe old age – high winds and inclement weather cannot easily reach the shorter trees and cause damage. An additional factor that contributes to the long life of the bristlecone pine is that it has a high percentage of resin, which prevents rot from developing in the tree trunk and branches.

6. The topic of the passage is ______ A. the size of the bristlecone pine B. three-hundred-year-old forests C. the wonders of the ancient world D. the oldest living tree E. the big trees in the world

7. The following contribute to the age of the bristlecone pine, except _

A. its short height B. its large amount of resin C. its ability to resist rotting D. its strong trunk E. its effect on the weather

Text III

Underlying all the complications of translation is the fundamental fact that languages differ a lot. In fact, so different are they that some insist that one cannot communicate in one language what has been said

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 209

originally in another. Nevertheless, as linguists and anthropologists have discovered, that which unites mankind is much greater than that which divides, and hence there is, even in case of very different languages and cultures, a basis for communication. This common core of human experience and the releasable modes of speaking about it do not, however, eliminate the striking and fundamental differences between languages. Moreover, the differences seem to be not only far more numerous than similarities, but also to provide many more obstacles to understanding than the similarities are able to clear away.

8. What is the paragraph about ?

A. The differences between languages B. The effects of translation on languages C. The problems faced in translation D. The differences and similarities of languages E. The absence of similarities between languages

9. What is the main information of the paragraph ?

A. Culture is the basis of communication B. Translating is complicated because languages differ from one

another C. Differences between languages are not important in translation D. What has been said in one language cannot be repeated in

another language E. Linguists and anthropologists have important roles in translation

Text IV

The ideals that children hold have important implications for their school experiences. Children who ____9 the value of hard work and responsibility and who attach importance to education are likely to have higher academic achievement and fewer _____10 problems than those who do not have these ideals. They are also less likely to drop out of school. Such children are more likely to use their out-of-school time in ways that reinforce learning. ____11, high school students who believe in hard work, responsibility and the value of ____12 spend about 3 more hours a week on homework than do other students. This is a ____ 13 difference since the average students spend only about 5 hours a week doing homework.

10. A. believe in B. agree with

C. practise in D. trust in

E. comply with

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 210

11. A. discipline C. disciplinarian B. disciplinal D. disciplinable

E. disciplinary

12. A. Such as C. Therefore B. For example D. Consequently

E. Eventually

13. A. entertainment C. experiment B. exercises D. education

E. economy

14. A. signify C. significant B. significance D. signification

C. signified

15. I am looking forward to _____ a salary raise next month. A. get C. getting E. got B. be getting D. have got

16. The government is planning to liquidate several banks soon, ____ very few people know which ones they are.

A. but C. as E. so B. or D. for

17. The manager was frustrated when he learnt of the _____ results of

the training course. A. disappointment D. disappointed B. disappointing E. disappointingly C. disappoint

18. „As a student, I always had instant noodles for breakfast.‟ This means that I _________for breakfast.

A. am having instant noodles B. like to have instant noodles C. am used to having instant noodles D. have instant noodles E. used to have instant noodles

19. He asked me whether he _____my car to go to the party.

A. can borrow D. may borrow B. might borrow E. would borrow C. ought to borrow

20 „What makes you so had about the current reform movement in

Indonesia ?” „______ bad effect on Indonesia‟s economy.‟

A. It C. Its E. One‟s B. People‟s D. Their

21. I didn‟t know there was a test yesterday.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 211

You ______ me about it. A. would have told D. could tell B. should tell E. should have told C. might have told

22. _____ is a beautiful island rich in culture has been confirmed by tourist

from around the world. A. Bali C. If Bali E. How Bali B. Whether Bali D. That Bali

23. I am still waiting _______ for an interview.

A. to be called B. be called C. be calling D. to call E. called

24. „What is Iwan‟s decision concerning his house ?‟ “________” it before putting it up for sale‟

A. His renovating B. For renovating C. Be renovated D. Renovated E. To renovate

25. The books on this shelf, ________ are about child education, belong

to my sister-in-law A. which of most B. in which C. that of most D. most of which E. of which

26. Had I realized that Tim was a bad driver, I ____________ my car

A. would not lend him B. did not lend him C. had not lent him D. would not have lent him E. will not lend him

27. _______Andy seldom attends classes, he is always one of the best

students in class. A. Whenever B. Since C. Because D. Although

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 212

E. If 28. „Having been defeated three times in a row, the boxer decided to give

up fighting‟ means : A. Although he was defeated three times in a row, he decided to give

up fighting B. He decided to give up fighting after he had been defeated three

times in a row C. As he had decided to give up fighting he was defeated three times

in a row D. He decided to give up fighting, so he was defeated three times in

a row E. When he decided to give up fighting, he was defeated three times

in a row 29. „If fixed the light in the bathroom yesterday, but it went out again

today.” „Why don‟t you have an electrician ______ it.‟

A. checking B. checked C. to check D. check E. checks

30. „Several hotels in this region are closing down.‟ „That‟s because tourism itself _____ since last year.‟

A. is declining B. had declined C. declined D. was declining E. has been declining

UMPTN 1998 RAYON B

Text I Because today‟s people are living longer than ever, more psychologists and social workers have begun to study ways of care giving to improve care of the elderly. They have found that all caregivers share a common characteristic. They believe that they are the best person for the job, for different reasons. One caregiver said that she had always been close to her mother. Another caregiver was the oldest child, and another was the youngest child. Regardless of the reason, the caregivers all left that they could do the job better than anyone else. Social workers interviewed caregivers to find out why they took on the responsibility of caring for an elderly, dependent relative. They discovered three basic reasons. Many caregivers believed that they had

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 213

an elderly, dependent relative. They discovered three basic reasons. Many caregivers believed that they had an obligation to help their relative. Some stated that helping others made them feel more useful. Others hoped that by helping someone now, they would deserve care when they became old and dependent. Researchers have found that caring for the elderly can be a very positive experience. The elderly appreciated the care and attention they received. They were affectionate and cooperative. However, even when care giving is satisfying, it is hard work. Social workers and experts on aging offer caregivers and potential caregivers help when arranging for the care of an elderly relative. One consideration is to ask parents what they want before they become sick or dependent. Perhaps they prefer going into a nursing home, and can select one in advance. On the other hand, they may want to live with their adult children. Caregivers must also learn to arouse confidence in others and ask for help from others. Brothers and sisters are often willing to help, but they may not know what to do.

1. Psychologists are interested in examining care giving to the elderly because … A. their families are too busy to care for them B. people‟s life-span is longer now C. their condition is monitored by social workers D. they have, in practice, been neglected E. there are not enough homes for the elderly

2. The caregivers mentioned in the text are …

A. psychologists B. charitable people C. social workers D. homes for the elderly E. members of the family

3. Caregivers are willing to take care of the elderly because of the

following reasons, except …. A. they feel to be the best persons to look after them B. they expect that they won‟t be neglected when they grow old C. they are the closest relatives the elderly have D. they are the only relatives of the dependent elderly E. they are happy to be able to do something for others

4. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text?

A. Caring for the elderly can be easily accomplished without much energy

B. Social workers do not interfere with the arrangement of taking care of the elderly

C. Caring for the elderly gives mutual satisfaction D. Social workers decide whether the elderly live with relatives or in

a nursing home

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 214

E. Caregivers know exactly what they want to do with the elderly

5. „Regardless of the reason‟ in line 5 means : … A. without any reason B. if the reason is not known C. considering the reason D. whatever the reason is E. to emphasize the reason

Text II

Human beings, convinced of their superiority over the animal kingdom, are seldom disturbed about the pain and death they bring to other species. For example, South American birds, desired by zoos, pet shops, and private collections, are frequently packed into small boxes and flown to foreign countries. Many of the birds, however, do not survive the trip but instead die of suffocation. And birds are not the only victims. Hunters in search of baby orang utans shoot the mothers who are hiding in treetops and wait for the babies to fall to the ground. Many of the babies cannot be caught and fall to their death. Seals, prized for their skins, which make lovely winter coats, are brutally slaughtered by hunters who club and skin them almost immediately. Sometimes the seals are skinned alive because a hunter was not skilful with his club. 6. What is the topic of the text?

A. The superiority of human beings B. Cruelty to animals C. Animals in captivity D. Animals in zoos E. Cruel human beings

7. What is the main information of the text?

A. Human beings often cause death and a lot of pain to animals B. People are superior to animals because they are much stronger C. Many animals are sold to zoos and collectors at great profits D. Wild animals often die when they are transported abroad E. Hunters often kill wild animals to enable them to catch their

babies

Text III

Scientists and doctors say that about 34 million Americans are too fat. Why is this? One cause is the kind of food Americans eat. Many Americans like „fast food‟. These foods (such as hamburgers and ice cream) often have fattening things in them. Another cause is the way Americans eat. They often eat little snacks between regular meals. These extra foods add extra fat on the body. A third cause is not enough exercise. Americans like driving everywhere, instead of walking. They

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 215

often have machines to do a lot of the work. Some Americans are also too heavy because of health problems. But for most of those 34 million Americans, the problems is the American lifestyle.

8. The text tells us about …

A. what Americans eat B. American fast foods C. Health problems in America D. The American lifestyle E. Why many Americans are too fat

9. From the text we may conclude that …

A. high-tech machines are an advantage to the health of Americans B. snacks are included in the regular meals of Americans C. sixty-six million Americans do not consume fast foods D. eating little snacks is the cause of major health problems E. many Americans are fat because of the way they live.

Text IV

Lunar eclipses have always fascinated people. Some study eclipses as an ….10 phenomenon; others just enjoy observing their beauty, ….11, in ancient times, lunar eclipses were mysterious, frightening, and …..12. In the past, people believed that eclipses were bad omens, or …..13, and this superstition has often affected historical events. For instance, a lunar eclipse was ……14 responsible for the fall of Constantinople in 1453.

10. A. astronomy C. astronomical

B. astrology D. astronautics E. asteroid

11. A. Therefore C. Consequently B. However D. Because E. In spite of

12. A. unpredictable C. easible

B. controllable D impossible E. manageable

13. A. wishes C. forecasts E. orders B. signs D. prayers

14. A. generally C. fortunately

B. suddenly D. partly E. centrally

15. One of the problems faced by foreign businessmen … the frequent changing of regulations.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 216

A. are B. is being C. be D. is E. to be

16. „Rita has just missed the plane to Medan‟ „She … at the airport at least two hours before departure.‟ A. was C. should have been B. should be D. has to be C. e. must have been

17. We called the committee to ask whether the competition … to begin that afternoon.

A. was scheduled B. to schedule C. was scheduling D. to be scheduled E. was to schedule

18. … a few thousand dollars, he went on a tour to Europe. A. Saved D. Having saved B. Have saved E. After the saves C. He has saved

19. I told Tommy to take the recruiting test seriously, … he would not be

accepted. A. but B. and C. so D. for E. or

20. The reason why I am here is … you fill in the forms for the

scholarship. A. help C. helping B. to help D. I will help E. I am helping

21. Painted at the beginning of the 19

th century, …

A. the artist became world famous B. the art critics considered it a classic C. the people couldn‟t understand abstract art D. the museum purchased it for its collection E. the painting was very valuable

22. Teenager delinquency, … people are now complaining, has become

a popular topic discussed among psychologists. A. whom that C. whom E. which B. in which D. about which

23. The fact that he was put in prison for something that he had not

done made his wife. A. cry C. cried E. crying B. to be crying D. to cry

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 217

24. „What do reporters usually ask the authorities nowadays?‟

„… Indonesia will soon be able to overcome its economic problems very soon.‟ A. Whether D. Why B. In case E. That C. Where

25. Facing hard times, people with very low income are looking forward to … by the well-to-do in getting the daily basic necessities.

A. support D. supported B. supporting E. be supporting C. being supported

26. „Anwar was promoted president of your company last week, wasn‟t he?‟

„I‟m glad he was; he … in this company for years.‟ A. had worked B. has been working C. was working D. would work E. worked

27. „There was so much noise next door. Our neighbour … from their

vacation abroad. A. may come back B. would have come back C. is supposed to come back D. must have come back E. ought to come back

28. She … the shoes for five minutes when one of the heels came off.

A. am only wearing B. was only wearing C. had only wearing D. have only been wearing E. only wore

29. „This cake is delicious, is it home-made?‟

„You know it isn‟t, … A. I baked it myself B. Lucy asked me to bake it C. It was I who baked it D. I had Lucy bake it E. I had to bake it

30. If our school had been able to get enough sponsors for our marching

band, we would have participated in the festival in March. We may conclude that …

A. the donated funds were insufficient

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 218

B. there were many donors C. we were not able to go D. we succeeded in getting a trophy E. we refused to take part

UMPTN 1997 RAYON B

Text I

Adults have some advantage on education. Adults learners often know exactly what they need to learn. Because they have the experience of life, they know what knowledge will be useful to them and what will not. If they cannot do their jobs well, they have experienced the loss of income or of job opportunities caused by a lack of vocational training. Adults have usually accumulated a wealth of experience of life in general that can help them in learning. They have more practical, everyday experience that can help them understand what they learn in school. Feng Lian, for example, is a textile plant supervisor in Shanghai, China. She graduated from secondary school, but she did not learn much in school about electricity and how it is used in factories. Now she must supervise the electrical systems. She is going to a night class that will teach her what she needs to know. She already has many questions about the subject and is ready and eager to learn. If she does succeed in her night class, she can get an even better job. Michael Johnson owns a small construction business in California. Like many other US citizens, he did not really learn to read or write in school and dropped out of school when he was fourteen years old. Michael was smart, and he was good at building and at using machines. He was very successful as a construction worker and eventually started his own business. His wife helped him read and write what he needed, and he learned how to hide his inability from others. Finally, at the age of thirty-eight, Michael is going back to school to a special program to learn how to read and write. He is learning very quickly, partly because he is smart and partly because he knows how important reading and writing are to his work.

1. The text tells us about …

A. the experience of adults in learning B. problems of adults in education C. the life experience of adults people D. illiteracy among adult workers E. the advantage of being an adult learner

2. Adults know what they have to learn because …

A. without having vocational training they will be jobless B. they have experienced their own particular problems in their lives C. nobody can force them to get a particular education

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 219

D. illiteracy makes them realize what they cannot do in their jobs E. they are old enough to decide what to do with their wealth

3. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about Michael

Johnson? A. Though he is a successful construction worker, he is illiterate B. He was one of the many American boys who dropped out of

school C. He knew how to read and write after he was married D. He went back to school when he realized the necessity of it E. His educational background helped him to become a successful

businessman

4. Which of the following is TRUE about vocational training? A. It gives adults more change to get a job B. It contributes to their understanding of what learning means C. Without it, adults will never be able to get a job D. It enables adults to accumulate a wealth of experience of life E. Only workers with vocational training can earn money

5. Feng Lian goes to a night school in order to …

A. become a supervisor of a textile plant in Shanghai B. be able to answer questions about electricity C. learn about the electrical systems in factories D. continue her study in college E. know how to install electricity in factories

Text II

Television is the most popular form of entertainment in any household. People of all ages use this medium to entertain themselves for an average of four hours a day. Thus, television has had a tremendous influence on its viewers, especially children. Scientists now say that children can be adversely affected by constantly watching television. This is due to the fact that they participate less in physical activities, spend less time reading and studying, and see a world of violence that can effect their own feelings of security.

6. The text tells us about …

A. the bad effect of television on children B. television, the best entertainer in our lives C. scientists research on the popularity of television D. viewers tremendous influence on television E. the average time people spent watching television

7. … that children can be adversely affected by constantly watching

television means that …

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 220

A. children are not interested in violent scenes B. television influences children to do physical exercise C. children are encouraged to read a lot D. television makes children reluctant to study E. children learn a lot of positive things for television

Text III

Nature has provided natural means to soothe the mind and the body. Herbal remedies for sleeplessness have been used for centuries. Valerian root, for example, lessens irritability and excitement in the nervous system by rebuilding frayed nerve endings. Skullcap produces a peacefully drowsy feeling and restful sleep. A cup of chamomile tea is also a sleep producer and is a delicious break from stimulating hot caffeine drinks at night. Other valuable herbs for relaxing include hp, yellow jasmine, and lady slipper. Herbs also offer the advantage of containing important vitamins and minerals, which further increase their benefit to your general mental and physical health.

8. What is this paragraph about?

A. Sleeplessness B. Herbal remedies C. Reducing sleeplessness D. Rebuilding frayed nerve endings E. Nature and natural means

9. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about herbs?

A. People suffer from sleeplessness in spite of the use of various herbal remedies

B. Skullcaps and chamomile are herbs that have been used for centuries

C. There are many herbs that helps us to relax D. Herbs have been used successfully for a long time E. Herbs are important because they contain important vitamins and

mineral. Text IV

Many government leaders are coming to realize that population growth is reaching a crisis point, they feel that the world‟s land, water, and energy ….10 will not be able to support many more people. This view, however, is often in …..11 to the traditions and beliefs of many people. …….12, conflicts often exist between government policies ….13 birth control and people'‟ practices. Looking at three ….14 countries, India, China, and Kenya, we can see how effectively the world population crisis is being dealt with.

10. A. assets C. conditions

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 221

B. supplies D. alternatives E. demands

11. A. agreement C. contribution

B. counterpart D. opposition E. approval

12. A. Consequently C. Otherwise B. In addition D. Moreover E. Nevertheless

13. A. due to C. resulting in

B. regarding D. referring E. caused by

14. A. specification

B. specify C. specifically D. specifying E. specific

15. “It‟s hot in here; the air-conditioner is not working.”

“I think it only needs …” A. to clean B. cleaning C. cleaned D. clean E. be cleaned

16. My uncle doesn‟t earn much; … he can send his children to college.

A. however C. therefore E. hence B. and D. so

17. Yanto was a young writer … novel won the first prize in the national

competition. A. when B. which C. whom D. who E. whose

18. I usually take a walk early in the morning … some fresh air.

A. getting D. I get B. get E. be getting C. to get

19. “I‟m having trouble with my computer again. I‟ve done everything I

can but it doesn‟t work properly.” “Why don‟t you have Darmo … it?” A. to fix

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 222

B. fixing C. he fixed D. fix E. e. fixed

20. In the next poetry-reading contest, each of the contestants …

expected to be more critical and more accurate in pronunciation. A. is B. are C. they are D. to be E. e. being

21. “Harry arrived home very late last night, but he said he went straight

home from work.” “He must … in a traffic jam.” A. caught B. be catching C. have been caught D. have caught E. be caught

22. “When did you realize you had lost your purse?”

“When I … money to pay the bus fare.” A. was needing B. needed C. had needed D. have needed E. am needing

23. Slowly and carefully the police entered the dense forest … the

robbers‟ hiding place. A. surround B. which surrounding C. surrounding D. is surrounding E. surrounds

24. … Michael Douglas a good actor is that he can play the role of

different characters so well A. That makes B. Whether making C. What makes D. This is made E. In order to make

25. He orders people around as if he were the owner of the restaurant.

From the above statement we may conclude that … A. he has worked hard to own the restaurant B. he has been the owner for years C. he is very proud of his restaurant

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 223

D. he is just an ordinary employee E. he is a successful businessman

26. Dina bought a cassette player last week and she … to music ever

since. A. has been listening B. was listening C. would have listened D. will be listening E. listened

27. “Rini can speak French now.”

“She must have learnt it from her mother.” From this dialog we can conclude that …

A. Rini went to France to study French B. Rini‟s mother can speak French C. Rini had to learn French D. Rini‟s mother forced Rini to learn French E. Rini was unwilling to learn French

28. The director wants the result of the research … at the regional

meeting. A. to present B. to be presenting C. is to present D. to be presented E. to have presented

29. Having switched off the lights, …

A. it was the door he locked B. the door was locked C. this locked the door D. the door was locked behind him E. he locked the door

30. Had he flown to Madura, instead to taking the train, he would have

seen the bull race. We may conclude that … A. the bull race was cancelled B. he came in time for the bull race C. bull races frightened him D. he found the bull race exciting E. he was not present at the bull race

UMPTN 1996 RAYON B

Text I

What will man be like in the future in 5000 or even 50.000 years from now ? We can only makes a guess. of course, but we can be sure that he

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 224

will be different from what he is today . For man is slowly changing all the time. Let us take an obvious example. Man, even five hundred years ago, was shorter than he is today. Now, on average, men are about three inches taller. Five hundred years is relatively short period of time, so we may assume that man will continue to grow taller. A gain in the modern world we use our brain a great deal. Even so we still make use of only about 20 % of the brain's capacity. As time goes on, however , we shall have to use our brains more and more – and eventually we shall need larger ones ! This is likely to bring about a physical change too. The head. in particular the forehead, will grow larger. Nowadays our eyes are in constant use . In fact, we use them so much that very often they become weaker and we have to wear glasses. But over a very long period of time it is likely that man's eyes will grow stronger. On the other hand we to make less use of our arms and legs. These as a result, are likely to grow weaker. At The same time, however, our fingers will grow more sensitive because they are used a great deal in modern life . But what about hair? This will probably disappear from the body altogether in the course of time because it does not serve a useful purpose any longer. In the future, then both sexes are likely to be bald! Perhaps all this gives the impression the future man will not be a very attractive creature to look at ! This may be true , all the same , in spite of all these changes, future man will still have a lot in common with us. He will still be a human being, with thoughts and emotional similar to our own.

1. The writer's main intention in the above text is to explain to the reader

A. how man has changed over the centuries B. how uncertain the world will be in the future C. why people's life will change in the future D. when man's physical evaluation started in the past E. what he thinks the future man will look like

2. According to the text, which of the following statements is TRUE about man ?

A. Within a decade, man has become three inches taller B. modern people are using the full capacity of the their brains. C. It takes a few decades for man to become taller D. It can be expected that future man will be taller E. The development of man's brains doesn't effect his physical

development 3. The phrase " on the other hand " in line 14 shows

A. Similarity B. Result C. Contrast D. Reason

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 225

E. Purpose 4. The writer imagines that future man will be entirely bald because

A. there will be no different in sex B. The human body has no use for hair C. being bald will be the fashion of the future D. evolution makes the appearance of men and women more similar E. future man will not be interested in having hair

5. From the description of future man, it can be concluded that he

A. is an entirely different creature from today's man B. is still a human being but behaves differently. C. is physically much stronger than today 's man D. has thought and emotions comparable to ours E. is physically similar to earlier human being

Text II

Saudi Arabia is a country rich in oil, but poor in one of a country's most critical natural resource, fresh water,. Without it. agriculture become extremely difficult and costly. Many areas are removing the salt from the sea water that surround the Arabian peninsula. Other efforts might be the floating of ice cap all way the north pole and the digging of well to reach that is underground..

6. What is the topic paragraph

A. Fresh water B. How to improve agriculture C. Problem faced by Saudi Arabia D. Reason of water storage E. the shortage fresh water in Saudi Arabia

7. What is the main idea of the text? A. Fresh water is one of the most critical natural recourses of a

country B. Several efforts are being made in Saudi Arabia to get fresh

water C. Water supply in Saudi Arabia is provided by removing the salt

from sea water. D. Many areas in Saudi Arabia are in habitable due to the lack of

fresh water E. Agriculture in Saudi Arabia is difficult and costly

Text III

In recent years, Brazil has greatly increase is Gross National Product (GNP). Several culture have caused this change. First, Brazil has a favourable climate, abundant useful land, an excellent coastline, and many other recourses. Second, it has a large number of workers

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 226

available for employment in industry. Finally Brazilian business and economic planners have encouraged investment.

8. What is the topic of the paragraph ?

A. the factors leading to Brazil's increase in its GNP B. Brazil's advantageous physical conditions C. The change in Brazil's GNP D. The policy of economic planners in Brazil E. The number of workers in Brazil's industry

9. What is the main idea of the text ?

A. Brazil's industry has grown rapidly, because of the large number of human resources

B. Brazil's physical characteristics have contributed to the increase in Brazil's GNP

C. Brazilian needs a lot more investment to promote economic growth

D. There are three factors that have caused a rapid increase in Brazil's GNP

E. Brazil GNP has greatly changed the face of Brazil's economy.

Text IV

Almost half of the earth's population lives in tropical forest environment which cover an estimated 2000 million hectares, mostly in the sloping world. The management of these forest is a matter of great …10 for the countries in which they are ….11, for not only do they provide timber for lumber and paper but also will their unique diversity of plants life serve as a renewable source of food medicines and fuel ….12 they are wisely harvest . Forest also helps to regulate the quality and flow of water, an ….13 factor development. They are the home farmers and hunters, and yield many ….14 which are use both by the local people and needed by city dwellers.

10.A. attraction C. initiative B. intention D. importance E. reaction 11.A. situation C. laid B. removed D. discovered E. placed 12. A. as C. if B. for D. so E. or 13.A. enormous C. entire B. efficient D. external E. essential

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 227

14.A. producers C. productively B. product D. productivity E. productive 15. You ….. the gathering : some old friends of ours were there.

A. should attend B. can attend C. should have attended D. might have attended E. must attend

16. " I hear your son is going hiking again." Oh yes, I just don't understand ….. so much"

A. why he likes it B. he likes it C. that he likes it D. why does he like it E. does he like it

17. ' Could you tell your brother to meet me at the library tomorrow ? sure , I …. him

A. am telling C. be telling B. will tell D. will be telling

E. would have told

18. ….- she likes him very much she always pretend to ignore him A. Since C. Whereas B. Because D. Even though

E. However

19. Komodos … to be descended from dinosaurs. A. they believe C. believed B. to believe D. to be believe

E. are believed 20. " Is everybody graduated from SMA I invited to the party?"

"Well, the party is exclusively for those …" A. they graduated in 1990. B. were 1990 graduates C. to whom are 1990 graduates D. who graduated in 1990 E. the 1990 graduation

21. The original …. manuscript of the play is on display in the museum .

A. written by hand D. that is hand written B. writing hand E. hand writing C. hand written

22. Having sent his letter of application ........

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 228

A. the company was expected to send a quick reply B. Bimo expected to get a quick reply C. a quick reply was expected from the company D. they expect the company to send a quick reply E. it was expected that the company would send a quick reply

23. "It is surprising that he was not seriously hurt even though he was thrown off his motorbike."

He…. good helmet at the time" A. must have worn B. has to wear C. should have worn D. might wear E. ought to have worn

24. Anita and I missed the morning flight, and this made …. late for our friend's wedding.

A. his C. them E. us B. me D. her

25. „What does this song remind you of ?‟

„…. with my first date' A. Dance C. Dancing E. Dance B. To dance D. To be dancing

26. My parents advise my sister …. too much money on clothes.

A. do not spend D. not spending B. no to spend E. not spend C. did not spend

27. John is a very lazy student: Besides ….

A. he is good in extra curricular activities B. he always does his homework C. he prefers studying until late at night D. he never pays attention in class E. he sometime practices English

28. Why does the secretary have to work overtime ? Her boss… the letter

A. has retyped B. has been retyping C. has her retype D. has to retype E. wants to retype

29.' our football team had never won until we got a new coach. The above sentence means : …

A. Our football team was able to win after we got a new coach B. Our Football team used to win before the new coach came C. Although we got a new coach, we have never won

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 229

D. Even before the new coach came, our football team has always won

E. Ever since the new coach came, out football team has always been defeated

30. If they had known that flood was coming, they wouldn't have stayed

in their house ." means : A. They knew that the flood was coming; they wouldn't have stayed

in their house . B. They decided to stay in their house although the flood was

coming. C. They couldn‟t stay in their house because they knew that the

flood was coming D. They didn't know that the flood was coming ;therefore, they

stayed in their house E. They didn't want to stay in their house because they knew the

flood was coming

UMPTN 1995 RAYON B Text 1

In the Summer of 1984, almost two billion television viewers were able to watch the summer Olympics from Los Angles, " live via satellite beamed the Olympics around the world, most viewers watched the events without stopping to think about how this form of instant communication works, or how it may affect their lives now and in the future in both positive and negative ways. The advantages of telecommunication systems for the rapid and efficient, transmission of information to and from their home and around the world have been described by communication experts. They see the development of these systems as first step toward eliminating political and geographic boundaries by making every kind off human knowledge available to all. However , the possible disadvantages of this new technology have usually been ignored. Telecommunication can make information from around the world available to use quickly and easily, but some people worry that this may be a risk to our privacy. If personal information is stored in computers, then it may be easily transmitted via satellite to anyone who can pay for the service. Other futurists worry that telecommunication systems may isolate people from each other. They say that when people are able to shop from their homes, do their banking without leaving the house, watch movies they want on their television, as well as get information they need, then there will not be as much contact between people. The isolation may have a very destructive effect on social relations. It is important to realize that the same technology that helps us may also harm us. We can

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 230

prevent this from happening by carefully monitoring the new technology. As one communication expert says, "We must remember that technology alone is not the answer ... It is the intelligent application of technology that will lead us to success."

1. The main information of the text is about ... A. the 1984 Summer Olympics held in Los Angeles B. the development of telecommunication systems C. the disagreement on the use of telecommunication satellites D. the advantages and disadvantages of telecommunication systems E. predictions on the advantages of telecommunication systems

2. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text?

Telecommunication systems may be an important tool in ... A. improving political relations between countries B. changing personal information for somebody else's benefit C. making information available to people in the world D. enabling people to watch events happening in other countries E. transmitting information from one place to another

3. It has been predicted that telecommunication systems may ...

A. force people not to leave their house B. cause banks to go out of business C. isolate people from their own families D. threaten human relations E. keep people from watching movies

4. A serious effect of telecommunication technology on people's life is ...

A. the fear of harm to one's private life B. the transmission of information via satellite C. the rapid use of information available D. the chance of having a means of communication at home E. the concern over expensive telecommunication services

5. We may conclude that the application of new technology will create many negative effects, UNLESS ...

A. we realize that it is of great importance to us B. it is combined with another new technology C. we are carefully monitored by the system D. it is not influenced by our intelligence E. we know how to control that technology

6. She wanted the children to come to the dinning room, so that ... can have dinner together.

A. she C. you E. all B. we D. they

7. Since the tourist had a map, he knew ...

A. where was the bus terminal B. whether the bus terminal was there

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 231

C. where the bus terminal was D. the bus terminal was where E. was the bus terminal there

8. "Did you buy the computer?"

"No, but I would have if my father ..." A. had given me the money B. would give me the money C. would have given me the money D. gave me the money E. was giving me the money

9. 'I'll go to the post office as soon as I finish wrapping your package."

This means that ... A. I have to go to the post office then wrap your package B. after wrapping your package, I'll go to the post office C. while going to the post office, I'll wrap your package D. I still have to wrap your package when I return from the

post office E. I'll wrap your package on the way to the post office.

10. My brother needs two ... to help him run the store.

A. mechanics C. Instructors B. carpenters D. porters

E. assistants

11. "Why is November 1994 important in the history of Indonesia?" "It was the month ... the APEC conference was held."

A. which D. when B. where E. by which C. hat

12. Ati has beautiful plants in her garden, but they all seem to be dying. I

am sure that she ... A. seldom has them watered B. has asked somebody to water them C. never has to water them D. has been watering them E. he always watered them

13. "What is your plan for this weekend?"

"I ... my brother." A. will have visited D. visited B. have visited E. will visit C. will have been visiting

14. ... a few million rupiahs, he went on a tour to Europe.

A. Saved B. Have Saved C. He has saved

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 232

D. Having saved E. After he saves

15. Coming home late last night ...

A. a man was seen running away into the darkness B. in the darkness there was a man running away C. we saw a man running away into the darkness D. the running away of a man into the darkness was seen E. there was a man running into the darkness

16. Narto and I will wait at the corner until you ... with the car

A. are coming D. came B. come E. will come C. will be coming

17. His car, ... from the back, crashed into a very deep ravine. A. hit D. hitting B. to hit E. to be hitting C. to be hit

18. She had not slept the night before; nevertheless, ...

A. she could not lead the marching band B. she was too tired to lead the marching band C. she had trouble leading the marching band D. she led the marching band energetically E. she did not want to lead the marching band

19. He told me a lot about the Philippines.

He ... there for a long time A. must have lived B. might be living C. ought to have lived D. should be living E. would have lived

20. They have considered ... down the factory because of continuous losses.

A. to close C. in closing E. closing B. they close D. closed

21. Which sentence is correctly punctuated?

A. The three, most popular composers of classical music, according to the poll, are Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven.

B. The three most popular composers of classical music according to the poll : are Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven

C. The three most popular composers, of classical music, according to the poll are, Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven.

D. The three most popular composers of classical music, according to the poll, are Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 233

E. The three most popular composers of classical music, according to the poll are Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven.

22. The traffic regulations in the United States are different from those in Indonesia. In the US, you ... drive on the right side of the road.

A. can C. must E. could B. may D. would rather

23. He hasn't got enough experience ... principal of our school.

A. promoted B. to be promoted C. being promoted D. be promoted E. he will be promoted

24. "May I borrow your magazine?"

"I'm sorry, my sister ... it". A. is still reading B. has been reading C. will still read D. still read E. still reads

25. The company's new product was ... advertised on TV.

A. nation D. nationalize B. national E. nationalization C. nationally

26. Adi is usually punctual, but we have been waiting for him for an hour now; he ... in the traffic jam.

A. had better not be trapped B. should be trapped C. must be trapped D. may have been trapped E. used to be trapped

27. I think you‟d better tell the truth before somebody else ...

A. can C. had E. does B. tells D. did

28. "Why is he so happy today?" , "..."

A. He has been given an increase just salary B. He has just been given an increase in salary C. He has been just given an increase in salary D. He has been given just an increase in salary E. just he has been given an increase in salary

29. We are going on a long trip, so we must ....

A. have checked the car

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 234

B. have had the car checked C. to have the car checked D. have the car checked E. had the car checked.

30. The flower were judged for their unusual colour, pleasant fragrance

and … A. attractively shaped B. attractive shapes C. shaped D. attractive, shapely E. shapely and attractive

PEMBAHASAN SOAL

KUNCI DAN PEMBAHASAN SOAL-SOAL UMPTN/SPMB RAYON B

SPMB 2004 (REGIONAL II) 1. A. Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah penemuan di Patagonia

2. E Para peneliti menemukan tulang-tulang jenis dinosaurus baru di Amerika Selatan (kalimat kedua ,paragraf 1 yang berarti: temuan itu ditemukan oleh tim peneliti dari Argentina dan Amerika Utara di Patagonia, gurun di lereng timur pegunungan Andes, di Amerika Selatan). 3. D Pernyataan yang benar mengenai dinosaurus yang baru ditemukan adalah mereka pernah hidup berkelompok. Ini dinyatakan di paragraf

4. C Tulang dinosaurus yang ditemukan sekarang ini menunjukkan bahwa dinosaurus yang baru ditemukan memakan mangsanya dengan potongan-potongan yang rapi. Ini disebabkan oleh bentuk rahang mereka (paragraf 3) 5. B. Dari teks bisa disimpulkan bahwa karakteristik dinosaurus dan cara hidup mereka berbeda.

6. E

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 235

Topik dari paragraf di atas adalah efek dari mengkonsumsi vitamin yang berlebihan. 7. C Yang terbaik bagi kesehatan kita adalah makan dengan gizi yang seimbang. 8. D Tujuan penulis teks ini adalah menunjukkan bagaimana siswa bisa mengatur waktu mereka secara produktif. 9. C Mahasiswa tampaknya tak punya cukup waktu untuk jalan-jalan karena mereka tidak bisa mengatur waktu mereka dengan baik. 10. C Kata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah kata benda, yaitu relationship (hubungan).

- relate (verb) - relatively (adverb): secara relative - relative (adjective) : relatif - related (kata sifat) : terkait dengan

11. B Tetapi (however) cara tepat pikiran mempengaruhi tubuh belum didefinisikan secara jelas.

- furthermore: terlebih lagi - moreover : terlebih lagi - therefore: oleh karena itu - in addition: disamping itu

12. D Placebo- pil yang tidak mengandung ramuan obat tapi yang sering menghasilkan (produce) efek yang sama seperti obat sesungguhnya- ……

- establish: mendirikan - enhance: mempertinggi - activate: mengaktifkan - conclude: menyimpulkan

13. A Penjelasan fenomena ini adalah bahwa pikiran manusia dapat menciptakan (create) perubahan yang nyata atas apa yang ia percaya. Modal (can) diikuti verb1. 14. B Sebagai contoh jika seseorang percaya bahwa obat tertentu mengandung (contains) zat yang dapat memenuhi kebutuhan tertentu, tubuh cenderung bergerak ke arah itu.

- follows: mengikuti - exclude: mengeluarkan

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 236

- define: mendefinisikan - improve: meningkatkan

15. E „and‟ menghbungkan struktur yang sama/paralel. Pada kalimat tersebut sebelum and adalah noun phrase (its fertile soil), maka setelahnya juga harus noun phrase, yaitu: dry climate. 16. B Untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang seharusnya dilakukan di waktu sekarang, gunakan should+verb1. Kalimat itu berarti: „Ada surat yang menyatakan bahwa Ina harus berangkat ke U.S minggu depan.‟ „Baik, dia sebaiknya diberitahu (should be told) segera.‟ 17. A „Mengapa kamu tidak ingin Amir menjadi pemimpin team?‟ „Aku tidak suka cara dia memerintah (his ordering) orang-orang.‟ Ordering pada his ordering adalah Gerund setelah possessive adjective. 18. C „Meskipun ia telah ke dokter, aku melihat koondisinya tidak membaik.‟ „Suruh ia ke dokter spesialist.‟ (Have him see a specilist then! 19. E Kamu diharapkan di sini 10 menit yang lalu. Kamu di mana?” „Aku sedang mencari tempat untuk parkir.‟ Untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang sedang dilakukan di waktu lampau, gunakan past continuous tense (was/were +V-ing) 20. D „Bagaimana tesmu?‟ „Tidak begitu bagus. Aku sebenarnya bisa mengerjakan (could have done) lebih baik jika aku tidak salah membaca petunjuk pada bagian akhir. Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pengandaian tipe 3, jadi verb pada main clause adalah modal+have+verb3. 21. B „Jika Angga terpilih untuk bermain sepakbola dan tidak pergi ke Puncak dengan teman-temannya naik motor, ia tidak akan mendapat kecelakaan.‟ Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pengandaian tipe 3, dan kenyataannya adalah Angga tidak terpilih untuk bermain sepakbola maka ia pergi ke Puncak dengan teman-temannya naik motor, dan mendapat kecelakaan. Ini berarti sekarang ia dirawat di rumah sakit (He is hospitalized). 22. A. Banyak orang di dunia ini menentang pembangunan gedung tenaga nuklir di lingkungan mereka karena takut bahaya yang akan mengancam jiwa mereka; tetapi, pemerintah tetap bersikeras menggunakan tenaga nuklir sebagai energi alternative.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 237

23. E „ Mengapa teman-temanmu menulis petisi untuk kepala sekolah?‟ „Agar kantin dan fasilitas olahraga kita diperbaiki.‟ Untuk menyatakan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive.

24. B Turis-turis , yang sebagian ( many of them) adalah orang Jepang, berdesakan ikut menari „dangdut.‟

25. A Subject each diikuti singular verb (needs).

SPMB 2002

1. A Topik teks tersebut adalah pupuk alami dan pupuk buatan. Pernyataan tersebut bisa ditemukan di paragraf ke-1 dan dijelaskan lebih banyak di paragraf ke-2 dan ke-3. 2. E Fungsi semua pupuk adalah memberikan nutrisi yang banyak pada tanaman. Pernyataan ini tersirat terdapat di kalimat pertama paragraf ke-1.

3. A Pada formula 4-8-2 (nitrogen-phosphoric acid- potash), kandungan phosphoric acid dua kali lebih besar dibanding nitrogen. 4. B Menurut teks pernyataan yang benar mengenai pupuk adalah di seluruh dunia pupuk cair lebih populer dibanding pupuk padat (kalimat ke-3, paragraf ke-3).

5. B Yang BUKAN merupakan hasil penggunaan pupuk yang berlebihan adalah tanah bisa menghasilkan hasil panen yang diharapkan. 6. B Topik teks tersebut adalah hostel yang dioperasikan oleh YHA

7. D Yang „tidak biasa‟ tentang YHA adalah YHA memiliki hostel khusus untuk orang cacat (paragraf ke-1).

8. B Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah tentang sejarah hewan reptil yang bisa terbang (pterosaur).

9. D Ilmuwan dapat menentukan tahun ketika pterosaur hidup dengan meneliti bebatuan di sekitar fosil pterosaur (paragraf ke-2 kalimat terakhir).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 238

10. E Placebo memberikan bukti yang cukup bahwa harapan-harapan dapat berefek pada kimia tubuh.

- discover : menemukan - contain :berisi/mengandung - establish : mendirikan - maintain : memelihara - provide : memberikan

11. E Berbagai studi yang dilakukan lebih dari 25 tahun menunjukkan bahwa placebo secara memuaskan dapat mengurangi berbagai gejala yang diderita oleh kurang lebih 35 pasien yang diteliti.

- satisfy (verb) : memuaskan - satisfaction (noun) : kepuasan - satisfying (adjective) : memuaskan - satisfactory (adjective) : memuaskan - satisfactorily (adverb) : secara memuaskan

12. A Gejala-gejala ini termasuk demam, rasa sakit setelah operasi, kejang-kejang, sakit kepala, dan kecemasan.

- include (verb): termasuk - inclusion (noun): pencantuman - inclusive (adjective): sampai dengan

13. D Penjelasan fenomena ini adalah bahwa pikiran manusia bisa menciptakan perubahan yang nyata pada kimia tubuh dengan apa yang mereka yakini.

- solution : pemecahan - discussion : pembahasan - intention : tujuan - explanation : penjelasan - addition : tambahan

14. A Sebagai contoh jika seseorang yakin bahwa obat tertentu mengandung zat yang dapat memenuhi kebutuhan tertentu tubuhnya cenderung bergerak ke arah itu (mengikuti apa yang ia yakini).

- for example : sebagai contoh - in addition : disamping itu - such as : seperti - as well as : dan juga

15. C Perawatan yang mahal telah diteliti dengan baik; tetapi perawatan itu tidak efektif.

16. B

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 239

Untuk menyatakan hal yang seharusnya sudah dilakukan di waktu lampau (saran yang tak terlaksana), gunakan should + have + Verb3. Jadi pernyataan yang tepat yang diucapkan pembicara kedua adalah „Aku rasa Anton tidak tahu. Kita seharusnya memberitahunya segera setelah kita mendapat informasi itu.‟

17. E Relative pronoun yang digunakan untk menggantikan kepemilikan adalah whose. Kalimat itu berarti : Dokter anak adalah dokter yang keahliannya adalah mengobati anak-anak.

18. A Konjungsi and menghubungkan struktur yang sama. Kata yang dihubungkan dengan and pada kalimat itu adalah verb1 (prevent, protect), jadi kata setelah and adalah verb1 (provide).

19. E Frase yang tepat untuk kalimat tersebut adalah participial phrase. Jadi arti kalimat itu adalah setelah merencanakan masa depannya dengan seksama, ia bisa meraih apa yang ia impikan. 20. D Untuk menyatakan kemungkinan di waktu lampau, digunakan may/might/could + have + verb3. Jadi arti kalimat itu adalah kamu mugkin meninggalkannya di kantor.

21. C Keterangan waktu untuk simple future dapat berupa kausa simple present. Maka verb untuk kalimat itu adalah returns.

22. D. Kalimat pengandaian tersebut berarti bahwa orang pertama tidak tahu kalau orang kedua memerlukan kamera sehingga ia tidak meminjaminya. Kalimat yang tepat yang diucapkan orang kedua adalah aku tidak tahu kalau kamu mempunyai kamera.

23. A Kata kerja consider harus diikuti gerund (walking).

24. D .... percent of + uncountable noun + singular verb

- oxygen uncountable noun - jadi verb yang tepat adalah is produced (dihasilkan) - yang dipakai adalah verb bentuk present karena kalimat itu

menyatakan kebenaran umum

25. A Hari mulai belajar bermain catur ketika ia berumur lima tahun dan menang dala kompetisi catur nasional ketika ia berumur sepuluh tahun. Dengan kata lain Hari telah belajar bermain catur dengan baik menjelang ia berumur

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 240

sepuluh tahun. Verb yang tepat berbentuk past perfect tense (had + verb3 ) yang dipakai untuk menyatakan peristiwa yang sudah lebih dulu terjadi (belajar bermain catur) sebelum peristiwa lain muncul (menang kompetisi) di waktu lampau.

UMPTN 2001 rayon B 1. C. Topik dari teks tersebut adalah: masalah-masalah dalam mentransfer teknologi maju ke negara-negara yang sedang berkembang.. Masalah-masalah tersebut banyak dijelaskan di paragraf ke-2 dan ke-3.

2. B Beberapa negara yang sedang berkembang ingin mengambil alih proses industri dari negara-negara maju karena mereka tidak bisa memenuhi kebutuhan pokok warga negaranya. 3. C Masalah yang TIDAK dihadapi negara berkembang dalam mentransfer teknologi maju proses industri yang non- automatis. 4. A Pernyataan yang benar mengenai adopsi teknologi maju oleh negara-negara berkembang adalah tidak semua negara berkembang memiliki sarana untuk mengadopsi teknologi maju. Hal ini secara tersirat dijelaskan di paragraf ke-3.

5. E Orang yang mendapatkan pelatihan di negara maju perlu mempelajari masalah-masalah negara industri agar mendapat keuntungan yang nyata dari teknologi yang diadopsi. Hal ini dijelaskan di kalimat ke-3 dan ke-4 dari paragraf ke-3.

6. B Main idea dari paragraf tersebut adalah film kartun memberikan pandangan yang salah tentang dunia pada anak-anak.

7. B Dari paragraf di atas, kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa pengarang keberatan dengan kekerasan yang ditampilkan pada film-film kartun. Hal ini tersirat dinyatakan pada kalimat ke-5.

8. A Teks tersebut bercerita tentang kehidupan di dalam air.

9. D

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 241

Harus ada peralatan tambahan untuk membuat orang bisa tinggal dalam air karena di sana kekurangan oksigen.

10. A Sedikitnya seperempat obat yang kita beli berasal (have their origin) dari tumbuhan hutan tropis. Kata setelah possessive pronoun (their) adalah kata benda/noun. Kata benda yang tepat untuk kalimat itu adalah origin.

- origin (noun) : asal - original ( adjective) : asli - originate (verb) : berasal - originality (noun) : keaslian

11. C Obat-obatan tersebut masih lebih murah dibuat dengan cara pemisahan tumbuhan dibanding dengan proses sintetis, …. .

- bought : dibeli - received : diterima - produced : dibuat/dihasilkan - invented : ditemukan - created : diciptakan

12. A Lebih dari seribu spesies tumbuhan hutan tropis diyakini … .

- species : spesies - system : sistem - quantities : jumlah - series : serangkaian - clusters : kelompok

13. D Lebih dari seribu spesies tumbuhan hutan tropis diyakini sangat efektif untuk melawan kanker.

- toward : ke arah - on : pada - over : di atas - against : melawan - with : dengan

14. B Salah satu tumbuhan tersebut, yaitu Rossy Periwinkle, tumbuhan obat yang tumbuh di tepi hutan tropis, telah menghasilkan dua obat yang telah meningkatkan peluang sembuh bagi anak-anak penderita leukemia.

- heightened : mempertinggi - increased : meningkatkan - streched : meregangkan - extended : memperlama - enlarged : memperbesar

15. C

Subject (benda) + need + Verb-ing/ to be Verb3

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 242

Pola kalimat di atas adalah pola kalimat untuk bentuk pasif setelah need. Jadi kalimat itu berarti kita tahu rumah itu perlu diperbaiki, tetapi kita menyukai lingkungan sekitarnya.

16. B Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan kegiatan yang dilakukan pada waktu lampau, digunakan must + have + verb3. Pembicara kedua menyimpulkan perkataan pembicara pertama yang mengatakan,„Ketika aku tiba di kantornya pada jam 3.00, Indra tidak ada di sana.‟ Kesimpulannya adalah ia pasti sudah pulang (must have gone home) terlebih dulu.

17. E Subject kalimat itu adalah the news (Uncountable nouns), maka verb untuk kalimat itu adalah singular verb (confirms). Arti kalimat tersebut adalah Berita di radio lokal dan di koran-koran menegaskan bahwa kerusuhan telah menyebar ke tempat-tempat lain di kota tersebut. 18. C Untuk menyatakan kebiasaan di waktu lampau, digunakan used to + verb1 . Jadi kalimat itu berarti kami biasa jalan kaki ke sekolah ketika kami tinggal di Bogor.

19. A Orang mengkawatirkan kurangnya sumber energi. Tetapi mereka sebaiknya tidak lupa untuk melindungi (to protect) lingkungan. Untuk menyatakan tujuan, digunakan to infinitive

20. B Aku sedang mencari (was looking) kamusku ke semua tempat ketika tiba-tiba aku teringat bahwa saudaraku telah meminjamnya. Bentuk past continuous tense (was/were + verb-ing ) digunakan untuk menyatakan peristiwa yang sedang terjadi di waktu lampau.

21. D Untuk menyatakan kemungkinan di waktu lampau, digunakan may/might + have + verb3 . 22. A Present participle bisa bermakna karena, ketika, setelah, atau yang me/ber .Present participle pada kalimat tersebut berarti ketika. Jadi arti kalimat tersebut adalah ketika mencoba menyelundupkan obat-obatan ke negara tersebut, penjahat- penjahat itu ditangkap oleh petugas bea cukai di bandara.

23. E Relative pronoun yang tepat untuk kalimat di atas adalah which karena berfungsi menggantikan benda the latest news.

24. C

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 243

„Aku mendengar bahwa putrimu akan mendaki gunung Semeru untuk kedua kalinya.‟ „Ya benar. Aku tidak mengerti mengapa ia ingin (why she wants) melakukanya .‟

25. A Pembicara kedua ingin menyuruh pembicara pertama untuk menerjemahkan sebagian buku itu. Kalimat yang diucapkan pembicara kedua adalah kalimat kausatif dengan menggunakan have. Pola kalimat kausatif have : Subject + have + Object (aktif) + Verb1

UMPTN 2000 RAYON B 1. D Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah berbagai teori tentang punahnya dinosaurus.

2. B Pernyataan yang benar mengenai teori iklim adalah perubahan iklim mengurangi persediaan makanan dinsaurus )(kalimat terakhir paragraf 1).

3. B Teori asteroid meyatakan bahwa efek asteroid yang menghatam bumi lambat laun semakin terasa.

4. A Pernyataan yang benar tentang elemen iridium adalah elemen ini berasal dari angkasa (kalimat ke-2 paragraf 4).

5. C Dari teks bisa disimpulkan bahwa tidak ada kesepakatan di kalngan ilmuwan mengenai kedua teori ini (paragraf terakhir).

6. B Topik bacaan tersebut adalah perubahan pada atmosfer. 7. E Perubahan pada atmosfer bumi terjadi karena evolusi ekosistem (Kalimat ketiga).

8. D Topik bacaan tersebut adalah Ganjitsu festival karena festival ini dijelaskan panjang lebar.

9. A Orang Jepang percaya bahwa nasib mereka pada suatu tahun tergantung pada nasib baik atau buruk pada hari-hari pertama tahun tersebut.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 244

10. A Meskipun (although) banyak orang tahu bahwa keberhasilan suatu tayangan TV diukur dengan ratingnya, sedikit orang tahu bagaimana … .

11. B Pertama-tama perusahaan rating menginstal (installs) ….

- induces : menginduksi - introspect: introspeksi - invites: mengundang - interpret: menginterpretasikan.

12. C Pertama-tama perusahaan rating menginstal meteran di beberapa ribu rumah yang representative di daerah tertentu ketika (when) televisi di rumah-rumah tersebut menyala.

13. D kata untuk menerangkan kata kerja (sends) adalah kata keterangan (electronically)

14. A Komputer di perusahaan itu menapung semua informasi dari rumah-rumah di daerah tersebut . Akhirnya (finally) komputer mencetak lembar rating yang … . 15. C Kata yang mengikuti possessive adjective (his) adalah noun atau noun equivalent (kata yang dibendakan), yaitu gerund (verb-ing). 16. B „The most worrying efect of economic crisis is (that) children are deprived of nutritious food necessary for their physical and intelectual development.‟ 17. E Kami mengijinkan anak-anak menonton acara TV kesukaan mereka, hanya setelah mereka selesai (had finished) mengerjakan tugas sekolah mereka. 18. D „Gordin kamarku perlu dicuci.‟ „Pergilah ke laundry dan suruh gordin-gordin itu dicuci (have them washed). 19. C Keterangan waktu since menerangkan bentuk present perfect continuous (has/have + been + verb-ing). 20. A „Mengapa kalian sangat terlambat?‟ „Kami harus berhenti di jalan untuk membeli (to buy ) bensin.‟

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 245

21. B „Menjadi pegawai negeri , ia tidak bergaji banyak tetapi ia sangat dihargai.‟ 22. B Possessive pronoun untuk menggantikan tourist resorts adalah their . 23. E might = mungkin = probably 24. D Setelah selesai ujian, siswa harus mengembalikan buku ke perpustakaan. 25. B Untuk menghadapi era globalisasi tahun 2020, perbaikan di semua sektor ekonomi sangat perlu (is highly necessary). 26. E Aku menunggu dipanggil (to be called) wawancara. 27. A Meskipun (although) di sana banyak orang meninggal karena kolera, orang-orang tua di desa itu menolak disuntik.

- however: tetapi - in spite of : walaupun (diikuti noun) - despite : walaupun (diikuti noun)

28. C Paralel structure ; struktur sebelum dan sesudah kata hubung harus sama. Jadi : Tini‟s frequent absences from school (noun phrase) and her bad grades of almost all subjects (noun phrase) …. . 29. D Buku-buku di rak ini, yang sebagian besar (most of which) tentang pendidikan anak, milik ipar saya. 30. B Orang yang tertabrak mobil itu akan mati jika dokter tidak segera mengoperasinya. Dengan kata lain: Orang yang tertabrak mobil itu tidak mati karena dokter segera mengoperasinya.

UMPTN 1999 RAYON B 1.A Topik dari teks tersebut adalah pengawetan makanan.

2.D

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 246

Yang mempercepat proses pembusukan adalah enzim dan bakteri (kalimat ke-2, paragraf ke-2). Speed up = accelerate : mempercepat.

3.C Asap digunakan untuk mengawetkan daging karena asap mengeringkan daging dan membunuh bakteri (kalimat ke-2, paragraf ke-3).

4.B …. proses pembusukan harus dihambat dengan mengolah makanan dengan tidak merusak rasa makanan tersebut. Kata-kata yang bergaris bawah sama artinya dengan menjaga/melindungi rasa makanan.

5.E Pernyataan yang tidak benar mengenai metode pengawetan makanan adalah satu-satunya metode yang benar dalam mengawetkan makanan adalah pengasapan.

6.D Topik dari bacaan tersebut adalah pohon tertua.

7.E Yang tidak mendukung usia bristlecone pine adalah dampak pohon itu pada cuaca.

8.C Paragraf tersebut menceritakan masalah-masalah yang dihadapi dalam menerjemahkan.

9.B Informasi utama paragraf tersebut adalah menerjemahkan adalah pekerjaan yang sulit karena bahasa berbeda satu dengan yang lainnya.

10.A Anak-anak yang percaya pada nilai kerja keras dan tanggung jawab serta mengerti pentingnya pendidikan mungkin akan mendapat kan prestasi akademik yang lebih tinggi dan ….. .

- believe in : percaya pada - agree with : setuju dengan - practise in : berlatih - trust : mempercayai - comply with : mengeluh dengan

11.E Anak-anak yang percaya pada nilai kerja keras dan tanggung jawab serta mengerti pentingnya pendidikan mungkin akan mendapatkan prestasi akademik yang lebih tinggi dan memiliki sedikit masalah disipliner dibandingkan dengan mereka yang tidak memiliki nilai-nilai idealisme tersebut.

- disciplinary (adjective) : disipliner - discipline (noun) : disiplin

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 247

- disciplinarian (noun) orang yang disiplin.

12.B Anak-anak tersebut mungkin lebih banyak menggunakan waktu seusai sekolah untuk belajar. Sebagai contoh, siswa SMA yang yakin dengan kerja keras, tanggung jawab dan nilai … .

- such as : seperti - for example : sebagai contoh - therefore : oleh karena itu - consequently : oleh karena itu - eventually : akhirnya

13.D Anak-anak tersebut mungkin lebih banyak menggunakan waktu seusai sekolah untuk belajar. Sebagai contoh, siswa SMA yang yakin dengan kerja keras, tanggung jawab dan nilai pendidikan menghabiskan waktu untuk mengerjakan PR rata-rata 3 jam lebih banyak dalam seminggu daripada siswasiswa lainnya.

- entertainment : hiburan - economy : ekonomi - exercise : latihan - experiment : percobaan - education : pendidikan

14.C Ini adalah perbedaan yang penting karena rata-rata siswa hanya menghabiskan waktu 5 jam seminggu untuk mengerjakan PR.

- signify (verb) : mementingkan - significance (noun) : signifikansi - significant (adjective) : penting

15.C Look forward to harus diikuti gerund, jadi kata yang tepat setelah itu adalah getting.

16.A Konjungsi yang tepat untuk kalimat itu adalah but. Arti kalimat itu adalah : Pemerintah sedang merencanakan untuk meliquidasi beberapa bank segera, tetapi sangat sedikit orang yang tahu yang mana bank-bank tersebut .

17.B Kata yang diperlukan untuk menerangkan noun (result) adalah adjective. Adjective bisa berupa participle (past/present). Manajer itu frustrasi ketika mempelajari hasil kursus training yang mengecewakan.

- disappointment (noun) : kekecewaan - disppointing (adjective) : mengecewakan - disappoint (verb) : mengecewakan - disappointed (adjective) : kecewa - disappointingly (adverb) : dengan kecewa

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 248

18.D Untuk menyatakan kebiasaan diwaktu lampau, digunakan used to + Verb1.

19.E Dia bertanya kepadaku apakah dia boleh (may) meminjam mobilku untuk ke pesta.

20.C „ Apa yang membuatmu sedih tentang gerakan reformasi di Indonesia?‟ „Efek buruknya pada ekonomi Indonesia.‟ Efek buruk yang dimaksud adalah efek buruk gerakan reformasi. Possessive pronoun untuk menggantikan kepemilikan oleh suatu benda (reformation movement) adalah its.

21.E „Aku tidak tahu ada tes kemarin.‟ „Kamu seharusnya telah memberitahuku tentang hal itu.‟ Untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang seharusnya sudah dilakukan di waktu lampau, gunakan : should + have + Verb3. Sedangkan modal lainnya:

- would have told : akan telah memberitahu (bentuk ini biasanya diikuti oleh if clause)

- should tell : seharusnya memberitahu (present) - might have told : (mungkin telah memberitahu) - could tell : dapat memberitahu (past)

22.D “…..adalah pulau yang indah dan kaya dengan kebudayaan telah diakui oleh turis di seluruh dunia.” Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah Bahwa Bali (That Bali). Jadi subjek kalimat itu berupa noun clause (that clause), yaitu: That Bali is a beautiful island and rich in culture

23.A “Aku sedang menunggu ….. untuk wawancara.” Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah dipanggil (to be called). 24.E „Apa keputusan Iwan mengenai rumahnya?‟ „…… rumah itu sebelum menjualnya.‟ Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah merenovasi(to renovate). 25. D Kalimat itu berasal dari dua kalimat, yaitu:

- The books on this shelf belong to my sister-in-law. - Most of the books are about child education.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 249

Dari kalimat yang ke-2 bisa disimpulkan bahwa relative pronoun yang tepat adalah most of which.Jadi arti kalimat itu adalah Buku-buku yang ada di rak ini, yang sebagian besar tentang pendidikan anak, adalah milik ipar saya.

26. D Kalimat : Had I realized that Tim was a bad driver, I …. my car adalah kalimat conditinal type 3 tanpa if dalam bentuk kalimat inversi. Pola kalimat conditional type-3 adalah: If + S + past perfect, S + would + have + Verb3.

Jadi kalimat tersebut menjadi : Had I realized that Tim was a bad driver, I would not have lent him my car (Seandainya aku tahu Tim adalah pengemudi yang buruk, aku tidak akan meminjamkan mobilku.)

27.D Arti kalimat itu adalah: ….Andi jarang masuk kelas, dia selalu menjadi siswa yang terbaik di kelas. Konjungsi yang tepat untuk kalimat itu adalah Although (Walaupun).

28.B Arti kalimat itu adalah : Setelah dikalahkan tiga kali, petinju itu menghentikan pertarungan. Kalimat ini sama artinya dengan : When he decided to give up fighting, he was defeated three times in a row (Ketika ia memutuskan berhenti bertarung, ia telah dikalahkan tiga kali.)

29.D

„Aku memperbaiki lampu kamar mandi kemarin, tetapi lampu itu mati lagi sekarang.‟ „Coba kamu menyuruh tukang listrik memeriksanya.‟ Kalimat ke-2 mengandung makna kausatif yaitu subjek menyuruh orang lain untuk melakukan pekerjaan untuknya. Pola kalimat kausatif adalah: S + have + O(aktif) + Verb1. Jadi verb yang tepat adalah check.

30. E Keterangan waktu since menerangkan bentuk present perfect continuous (has/have + been + V-ing)

UMPTN 1998 RAYON B

1. B Ahli psikologi tertarik meneliti perawatan pada manula karena orang-orang sekarang berumur lebih panjang daripada orang-orang sebelumnya (kalimat pertama paragraf pertama.)

2.B Caregiver yang disebutkan pada teks adalah charitable people (orang-orang yang berjiwa sosial). Ini tersirat diceritakan di paragraf ke-1.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 250

3. C Caregiver bersedia merawat manula karena beberapa alasan kecuali : Mereka adalah famili terdekat dari manula yang mereka rawat.

4. E Caregiver tahu betul apa yang harus mereka lakukan dalam merawat manula.

5. D Regardless of the reason = whatever the reason is = apapu alasannya.

6.B Topik teks tersebut adalah kekejaman terhadap binatang.

7.A Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah manusia sering menyebabkan kematian dan rasa sakit pada binatang.

8. D Teks tersebut tentang gaya hidup orang Amerika.

9. E Dari teks tersebut bisa disimpulkan bahwa banyak orang Amerika yang gemuk karena cara hidup mereka. 10. C Gerhana bulan selalu menarik bagi banyak orang. Beberapa orang mempelajari gerhana sebagai fenomena astronomi (astronomical phenomena) ; ….Dipilih astronomical (adjective) karena kata yang diterangkan adalah phenomena (noun).

- astronomy :ilmu perbintangan (noun) - astrology: ilmu nujum perbintangan (noun) - astronautics: astronautika (noun) - asteroid : asteroida (noun)

11. B Orang-orang yang lain hanya melihat keindahannya,tetapi (however) pada jaman dahulu , gerhana bulan adalah misterius, …………….

- therefore : oleh karena itu - consequently : oleh karena itu - in spite of : meskipun - Because : karena

12. A …..pada jaman dahulu, gerhana bulan adalah misterius, menakutkan, dan tidak dapat diramalkan (unpredictable).

- controllable : dapat dikendalikan - impossible: tidak mungkin - manageable: bisa diatur

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 251

13. B Di jaman dulu, orang percaya bahwa gerhana adalah pertanda (signs) buruk, dan tahayul ini seringkali mempengaruhi peristiwa-peristiwa bersejarah.

- wishes: harapan/keinginan - forecasts: ramalan - prayers: doa - orders: perintah

14. D Sebagai contoh, gerhana bulan dianggap ada kaitannya dengan jatuhnya Constantinopel tahun 1453.

- generally: pada umumnya - suddenly: tiba-tiba - fortunatelly: untungnya - partly: sebagian - centrally: secara sentral

15. D Kata kerja yang tepat yang diperlukan untuk kalimat itu adalah is, karena subjek kalimat itu tunggal, yaitu One

16. C „Rita baru saja ketinggalan pesawat ke Medan.‟ „Ia seharusnya telah berada (should have been) di airport paling tidak dua jam sebelum keberangkatan.‟ Untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang seharusnya dilakukan di waktu lampau, gunakan should + have + verb3.

17. A Kami memanggil panitia untuk menanyakan apakah pertandingan dijadwalkan (was scheduled) mulai sore itu. Noun clause di atas menggunakan kata simple past tense-passive (was + verb3).

18. D Setelah menabung (Having saved) beberapa ribu dolar, ia berwisata ke Eropa. Having saved adalah present participle yang merupakan bentuk singkat dari After he had saved. 19. C Aku menyuruh Tomy untuk mengikuti tes penerimaan dengan serius, atau (or) ia tidak akan diterima.

20. B Alasan mengapa aku di sini adalah untuk membantu (to help) kamu mengisi formulir beasiswa. Untuk mengungkapkan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive.

21. E

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 252

Karena dilukis pada awal abad 19, lukisan itu sangat bernilai. Dalam kalimat ini harus ada kesesuaian antara yang melakukan kegiatan pada frase participle dengan subjek pada main clause.

22. D Kalimat itu awalnya berasal dari dua kalimat, yaitu:

- Teenager delinguency has become a popular topic discussed among psychologists.

- People are now complaining about teenager delinguency. - Relative pronoun yang tepat untuk menggantikan teenager

delinguency adalah which. Karena verb complaining diikuti dengan preposisi about, maka kata about disertakan sebelum which, sehingga menjadi about which.

23. A That clause pada kalimat itu menggunakan kata kerja kausatif made, yang mana pola kalimat dengan kata kerja kausatif make adalah : S + make + O (aktif) + Verb1, jadi verb yang tepat adalah cry.

24. A Jika pertanyaan itu dijawab dengan kalimat lengkap maka jawabannya adalah : reporters usually ask whether Indonesia will soon be able to overcome its economic problems very soon. Connector yang tepat adalah whether, dan arti kalimat itu adalah : Reporter biasanya bertanya apakah Indonesia akan segera dapat mengatasi masalah-masalah ekonominya segera. 25. C Look forward to diikuti V-ing, dan V-ing yang tepat adalah yang berbentuk pasif, yaitu being supported. Arti kalimat itu adalah : Menghadapi saat-saat sulit, orang yang berpenghasilan rendah berharap dibantu oleh orang kaya dalam memenuhi kebutuhan sehari-hari.

26. B Keterangan waktu for years menerangkan bentuk present perfect continuous.

27. D „Ada suara-suara di sebelah.Tetangga sebelah pasti sudah kembali dari berlibur.‟ Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan atas kegiatan di waktu lampau, gunakan: must + have + V3.

28. - Dia hanya memakai (had only been wearing) sepatu itu selama lima menit ketika salah satu haknya copot. Verb yang tepat adalah past perfect continuous (had+been+V-ing), karena ada keterangan waktu for five minutes dan when+simple past tense.

29. D

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 253

„Kue ini enak. Kue ini buatan sendiri?‟ „Bukan, …. . Dari dialog tersebut, disimpulkan bahwa orang kedua menyuruh orang lain untuk membuatnya. Kalimat yang tepat adalah I had Lucy bake it (Aku menyuruh Lucy membuatnya).

30. A Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pengandaian type-3, yang artinya: Jika sekolah kita bisa mendapat sponsor yang cukup untuk marching band kita, kita bisa ikut festival di bulan Maret. Makna kalimat tersebut adalah sekolah kita tidak mendapat sponsor yang cukup sehingga kita tidak bisa mengikuti festival di bulan Maret. Maka jawaban yang tepat adalah : The donated funds were insufficient (Dana bantuan tidak mencukupi).

UMPTN 1997 RAYON B

1. E Teks tersebut menceritakan keuntungan menjadi pembelajar deasa

2. B Orang dewasa tahu bahwa apa yang harus mereka pelajari karena mereka telah mengalami sendiri masalah-masalah tertentu dalam kehidupan mereka (paragraf 1, kalimat ke-2).

3. A Pernyataan yang tidak benar mengenai Michael Johnson adalah meskipun ia menjadi orang berhasil di bidang konstruksi, ia buta huruf.

4. A Pernyataan yang benar mengenai pelatihan kejuruan adalah Pelatihan tersebut membantu mereka mendapatkan kesempatan yang lebih banyak untuk mendapatkan pekerjaan (Kalimat ke-3, paragraf 1)

5. B Feng Lian mengikuti sekolah malam agar bisa mejawab pertanyaan-pertanyaan seputar listrik (paragraf 2, kalimat ke-3 dan ke-4)

6. A Teks tersebut bercerita tentang efek buruk televisi pada anak-anak. 7. D ….bahwa anak-anak bisa dirugikan dengan selalu menonton televisi berarti bahwa televisi membuat anak enggan untuk belajar (kalimat terakhir: ….spend less time reading and studying…)

8. B Paragraf tersebut adalah tentang pengobatan herbal (dengan tumbuh-tumbuhan)

9. A

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 254

Pernyataan yang tidak benar tentang tanaman obat adalah orang menderita sulit tidur meskipun mengkonsumsi berbagai ramuan herbal.

10. B. Banyak pejabat pemerintah mulai menyadari bahwa pertumbuhan penduduk tengah mencapai titik krisis, mereka merasa bahwa persediaan (supply0 tanah, air, dan energi di dunia, tidak akan bisa menanggung orang lebih banyak orang.

- asset: kekayaan - condition: kondisi - alternatives: pengganti - demands: permintaan

11. D Tetapi pandangan ini seringkali bertentangan dengan (in opposition to) tradisi dan kepercayaan banyak orang.

- agreement: persetujuan - counterpart: perimbangan - contribution: bantuan - approval: persetujuan

12. A Tetapi pandangan ini seringkali bertentangan dengan tradisi dan kepercayaan banyak orang. Oleh karena itu (consequenlty) konflik sering muncul ….

- in addition: disamping itu - otherwise: jika tidak - Moreover: di samping itu - Nevertheless: tetapi

13. B Oleh karena itu konflik sering muncul pada kebijaksanaan pemerintah berkaitan dengan (regarding) mengendalikan kelahiran dan … .

14. E Yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah specific karena berfungsi untuk menerangkan kata benda countries.

- specification (noun) : spesifikasi - specify (verb) : membuat spesifikasi - specifically(9adverb): secara khusus - specification (noun): spesifikasi

15. B „Di sini panas; AC-nya tidak hidup.‟ „Aku pikir AC itu hanya perlu dibersihkan (cleaning) Bentuk pasif setelah need : S + need + V-ing atau to be V3

16. A

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 255

Pamanku berpenghasilan tidak banyak ; tetapi (however) ia bisa menyekolahkan anak-anaknya ke perguruan tinggi. 17. E Yanto adalah penulis muda yang novelnya (whose novel) mendapat juara pertama dalam lomba nasional. Relative pronoun untuk menggantikan kepemilikan adalah whose.

18. C Aku biasanya jalan-jalan pagi untuk mendapatkan (to get) udara segar. Untuk menyatakan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive.

19. D „ Aku ada masalah lagi dengan komputer. Aku telah mencoba memperbaiki tapi komputer itu tidak dapat bekerja.” „Mengapa kamu tidak menyuruh Darmo memperbaiki (fix) nya? Kalimat kedua mengandung makna kausatif. Pola kalimat kausatif adalah : S + have + O(aktif) + V1

20. A Pada lomba baca puisi mendatang, masing-masing peserta diharapkan lebih kritis dan akurat dalam pengucapan. Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pasif. Pola kalimat pasif adalah : S + to be + V3. To be yang tepat untuk kalimat itu adalah are karena subjeknya tunggal (each).

21. D „ Hary tiba di rumah larut malam, tapi ia mengatakan bahwa ia langsung pulang dari kantor ke rumah.‟ „Ia pasti terjebak dalam kemacetan lalu lintas.‟ Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan atas kegiatan yang terjadi di waktu lampau, gunakan must+have+ verb3.

22. B „Kapan kamu menyadari kamu kehilangan dompet?‟ „ Ketika aku memerlukan (needed) uang untuk membayar ongkos bus.‟ Kejadian itu terjadi di waktu lampau sehingga kata kerja yang digunakan adalah kata kerja simple past tense.

23. C „Dengan pelan dan hati-hati polisi memasuki hutan rimba yang mengelilingi (surrounding) tempat persembunyian para perampok. Kata surrounding di atas adalah present participle.

24.A Yang membuat (That makes) Michael Douglas menjadi aktor yang bagus adalah ia dapat memainkan peran berbagai karakter dengan sangat baik.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 256

25.D Ia memerintah orang-orang di sekelilingnya seolah-olah ia pemilik restauran itu. Makna dari kalimat ini adalah : Ia bukan pemiliok restauran itu atau ia hanya pegawai biasa.

26.A Keterangan waktu ever since (sejak saat itu) menerangkan peristiwa yang dimulai pada saat lampau dan sekarang masih berlangsung (present perfect continuous tense)

27.B „Rini dapat berbahasa Perancis sekarang.‟ „Ia pasti belajar bahasa itu dari ibunya.‟ Dari dialog itu bisa disimpulkan bahwa ibu Rini bisa berbahasa Perancis.

28. D Direktur itu ingin hasil penelitian dipresentasikan (to be presented) pada rapat daerah.

29. E Setelah mematikan lampu, ia mengunci pintu (he locked the door). Pelaku pada participial phrase harus sama dengan pelaku pada main clause.

30. E Seandainya ia naik pesawat ke Madura, dan tidak naik kereta api, ia akan melihat karapan sapi. Makna kalimat ini ialah ia naik kereta api ke Madura sehingga ia ketinggalan melihat karapan sapi. Jadi jwaban yang tepat adalah he was not present in the bull race.

UMPTN 1996 (RAYON B)

1. E Tujuan utama pengarang pada teks tersebut adalah menceritakan apa yang ia pikirkan tentang seperti apa manusia masa depan.

2. D Pernyataan yang benar tentang manusia adalah diperkirakan manusia masa depan akan lebih tinggi.

3. C On the other hand (sebaliknya) menunjukkan hal yang berlawanan /contrast

- similarity: kesamaan - result: hasil - reason: alasan - purpose: tujuan

4. B

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 257

Penulis membayangkan bahwa manusia masa depan akan botak seluruhnya karena rambut tak lagi berguna (kalimat pertama paragraf ke-6).

5. A Dari deskripsi manusia masa depan, bisa disimpulkan bahwa manusia tersebut sangat berbeda dengan manusia sekarang.

6. C Topik teks tersebut adalah masalah yang dihadapi oleh Saudi Arabia yaitu masalah air bersih.

7. B Main idea teks tersebut adalah beberapa usaha yang dilakukan oleh Saudi Arabia untuk mendapatkan air bersih.

8. A Topik teks tersebut adalah faktor-faktor penyebab meningkatnya GNP Brasil.

9. D Main idea teks tersebut adalah ada tiga faktor yang menyebabkan GNP Brazil meningkat dengan cepat.

10.D Pengelolaan hutan-hutan ini adalah sesuatu yang sangat penting (great importance) … .

- initiative : inisiatif - intention: tujuan - reaction: reaksi - attraction: pertunjukkan/atraksi

11.A Pengelolaan hutan-hutan ini adalah sesuatu yang sangat penting bagi negara-negara di mana hutan-hutan itu berada (terletak)….

- laid : terletak - removed: pindah - discovered: ditemukan - placed: ditempatkan

12.C …. Karena hutan-hutan itu tak hanya menyediakan kayu untuk bahan bangunan atau kertas, tetapi juga tempat di mana beragam tumbuhan tumbuh yang berfungsi sebagai sumber makanan, obat-obatan, dan bahan bakar yang bisa diperbaharui jika (if) mereka dipanen secara bijak.

13.E Hutan juga membentu mengatur kualitas dan aliran air, faktor penting (essential) ……

14.B …. dan menghasilkan berbagai produk (product) yang digunakan oleh… .

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 258

- producer : penghasil/produsen - productively: secara produktif - productivity: produktivitas - productive: produktif

15.C Untuk menyatakan kegiatan yang seharusnya dilakukan di waktu lampau, gunakan: should+ have + verb3. Kalimat itu berarti: Kamu seharusnya menghadiri pertemuan itu: beberapa teman lama kita ada di sana. 16.A „‟Kudengar anakmu akan pergi hiking lagi.‟ „ Ya, Aku tidak mengerti kenapa ia sangat menyukainya (why he likes it so much).‟ Kata-kata yang bergaris bawah adalah objek yang berbentuk klausa. Susunan noun clause adalah : connector + S + V. (verb/kata bantu tidak boleh mendahului Subjek karena bukan kalimat tanya).

17.B Untuk menyatakan kehendak/willingness akan dilakukannya suatu kegiatan, gunakan : will + verb1

18.D Meskipun (Although ) ia sangat menyukainya,ia pura-pura mengacuhkannya. 19.E Komodo diyakini (are believed) sebagai keturunan dinosaurus.

20.D „Apakah setiap lulusan SMA 1 diundang ke pesta? „ Pesta dikhususkan untuk mereka yang lulus tahun 1990 (who graduated in 1990)

21.C Naskah asli tulisan tangan (hand written) dari drama itu dipamerkan di museum.

22.B Setelah mengirimkan surat lamarannya, Bimo berharap segera mendapat balasan. (Pelaku pada main clause harus sama dengan pelaku pada participial phrase)

23.A „Sangat mengherankan bahwa ia tidak terluka parah meskipun ia terlempar dari sepeda motornya.‟ „Ia pasti memakai helm pada saat itu.‟ Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan atas peristiwa di waktu lampau, gunakan must+have+ verb3.

24.E

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 259

Personal pronoun sebagai objek untuk menggantikan Anita and I adalah us.

25.C Jika pertanyaan itu dijawab dengan kalimat lengkap, maka jawabannya adalah : This song reminds me of dancing with my first date. Kata kerja setelah preposisi harus ditambah –ing.

26.B Kata kerja advise diikuti to infinitive

27.D John adalah siswa yang sangat malas; Disamping itu ia tidak pernah memperhatikan di kelas.

28.C Kalimat tersebut adalah mengandung makna kausatif. Pola kalimat kausatif : S + have + O (aktif) + V1 : Her boss has her retype the letter. (Bossnya menyuruhnya mengetik kembali surat itu.)

29.A Dengan kata lain kalimat itu berarti: Tim sepakbola kita bisa menang setelah kita mendapat pelatih baru.

30.D Jika mereka tahu bahwa banjir akan datang, mereka tidak akan berada dalam rumah. Artinya: Mereka tidak tahu banjir datang, sehingga mereka berada di dalam rumah.

UMPTN 1995 RAYON B 1. D Informasi utama bacaan tersebut adalah keuntungan dan kerugian sistem komunikasi.

2. B Pernyataan yang tidak benar menurut teks itu adalah sistem komunikasi adalah alat yang penting untuk mengubah informasi pribadi untuk kepentingan seseorang. 3. D Telah diramalkan bahwa sistem komunikasi mungkin bisa mengancam hubungan antar manusia (kalimat pertama , paragraf ke-3).

4. A Dampak buruk teknologi komunikasi pada kehidupan manusia adalah kekawatiran akan adanya bahaya yang mengancam kehidupan pribadi seseorang (kalimat pertama paragraf ke-3).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 260

5. E Kita bisa menyimpulkan bahwa aplikasi teknologi baru akan menciptakan dampak negatif, kecuali jika kita tahu bagaimana mengendalikan teknologi itu (kalimat terakhir, paragraf terakhir)

6. D Ia ingin anak-anaknya ke ruang makan, sehingga mereka (they) bisa makan malam bersama.

7. C Karena turis itu mempunyai peta, ia tahu dimana terminal bus berada (where the bus terminal was)

8. A Jawaban orang kedua pada dialog tersebut menggunakan kalimat pengandaian tipe-3 (yaitu : I would have (bought)…. ) maka verb pada if clause adalah had+verb3.

9. B „Aku akan ke kantor pos segera setelah aku selesai membungkus paketmu.‟ Kalimat ini berarti: „Setelah membungkus paketmu, aku akan ke kantor pos.‟

10. E Ibu memerlukan dua asisten (assistants) untuk menjalankan tokonya.

- mechanics : mekanik - carpenters: tukang kayu - instructors: instruktur - porters: kuli angkut barang

11. D “Mengapa November 1994 penting bagi sejarah Indonesia?‟ „Karena bulan itu adalah bulan ketika (when) konferensi APEC diadakan.‟

- which: yang/yang mana berfungsi menggantikan benda - where:dimana berfungsi menggantikan tempat - that: yang berfungsi menggantikan orang sebagai subjek

atau objek, dan menggantikan benda - by which: yang/yang mana berfungsi menggantikan

benda 12. A „Ati mempunyai tanaman yang indah di kebunnya, tetapi tanaman-tanaman tersebut tampak layu‟ Kesimpulan untuk kali ini adalah Aku yakin ia jarang menyuruh orang untuk menyiraminya (she seldom has the plants watered).

13. E Untuk menyatakan rencana, gunakan will+ verb1

14. D

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 261

Setelah menabung (Having saved) beberapa juta rupiah, ia berlibur ke Eropa.

15. C Pelaku pada frase participle harus sama dengan pelaku pada main clause. Frase tersebut berarti: Ketika pulang larut malam tadi malam, maka main clause yang tepat adalah kami melihat seorang laki-laki berlari ke tempat yang gelap.

16. B Tense adverbial clause yang menerangkan kalimat simple future, adalah simple present tense. Jadi kata kerja yang dipakai pada adverbial clause tersebut adalah come.

17. A Mobilnya, ditabrak (hit) dari belakang, jatuh ke dalam jurang yang dalam. Bentuk pertama, kedua, dan ketiga dari hit adalah sama.

18. D Dia tidak tidur malam sebelumnya; namun demikian ia bisa memimpin marching band dengan penuh semangat.

19. A Ia bercerita banyak tentang Pilipina padaku. Ia pasti telah tinggal (must have lived) lama di sana. Must + have + verb3 dugunakan untuk membuat kesimpulan atas kegiatan di waktu lampau.

20. E consider harus diikuti gerund (V-ing)

21. E Pembubuhan tanda baca yang betul terdapat di kalimat ini: The three most popular composers of classical music, according to the poll are Bach, Mozart, and Beethoven.

22. C Peraturan lalu lintas di US berbeda dengan peraturan lalu lintas di Indonesia. Di US, anda harus (must) mengendarai di sebelah kanan. 23. B Ia tidak mempunyai cukup pengalaman untuk dipromosikan sebagai kepala sekolah kita.

24. A “Bolehkah aku meminjam majalahmu?” “Maaf, saudaraku sedang membacanya ( is still reading it).”

25. C Produk baru perusahaan itu diiklankan secara national (nationally) di TV.

- nationally ( adverb) : secara national

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 262

- nation (noun) : negara - national (adjective) : nasional - nationalize (verb) : menasionalkan - nationalization (noun) : nasionalisasi

26. C Adi biasanya tepat waktu, tetapi kami telah menunggunya selama satu jam; dia pasti terjebak (must be trapped) di kemacetan lalu lintas. Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan atas suatu kegiatan yang terjadi saat sekarang, gunakan : must + verb1

27. E Aku rasa kamu sebaiknya mengatakan hal yang sebenarnya sebelum orang lain mengatakannya (does). Auxiliary does dipakai di kalimat ini unutk menghindari pengulangan penggunaan kata kerja tell.

28. B “Mengapa ia begitu bahagia hari ini?” “Dia baru saja diberi kenaikan gaji. “(He has just been given an increase in salary.)

29. D Kita akan melakukan perjalanan sehingga kita harus memeriksakan mobil (have the car checked).

30. B And menghubungkan struktur yang sama. Pada kalimat itu sebelum and adalah noun phrase (pleasant fragrance), maka setelah and juga harus noun phrase (attractive shapes).

SOAL RAYON C / REGIONAL III

UMPTN RAYON C Tahun 2000

Text 1 :

Health officials who made checks at cemeteries discovered that

cemeteries had become one of the main causes for the spread of dengue fever in urban areas. They were shocked to find a lot of aedes

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 263

mosquitoes breeding in cemeteries. The aedes mosquito spreads Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever, DHF, to man.

The officials found a lot of pots, bottles and vases holding flowers at the graves left there by people visiting the graves of their relatives. These containers had eventually accumulated rain water and they soon became breeding grounds for these mosquitoes. Those living near cemeteries also became victims of dengue fever. Sadly it was the death of a caretaker of a cemetery that promoted the officials to investigate the surroundings near his house. This had led to the discovery of cemeteries as a breeding ground for aedes mosquitoes.

Since this discovery, the Health Department has appealed to the caretakers and the different associations in charge of graveyards to clear all containers left at graves as quickly as possible. The number of dengue cases notified was highest among the Chinese, followed by the Malays, Indians, and others. All these cases had been mainly from the city areas. The Health Department is continually strengthening dengue prevention and control by holding talks, shows, fogging housing estates and conducting checks at homes.

1. The main information of the text is about…

A. the causes of DHF in urban areas B. the instructions of health officials C. cemeteries as the source of aedes mosquitoes D. the victims of DHF in Asian countries E. prevention and control of DHF

2. According to the text, all of the following sentences about DHF

prevention and control are True, except : A. ordering people to throw away all the containers they have in

their homes B. informing the general public about DHF C. fogging the houses in every neighborhood D. Eliminating possible breeding grounds of mosquitoes at

graveyards. E. Giving talks to people in charge of graveyards.

3. Health officers felt the need to investigate cemeteries as a potential

source of DHF because… A. cemeteries are commonly known as the breeding places of

aedes mosquitoes B. many people visiting the cemeteries became victims of DHF C. it is believed that visitors to cemeteries were carriers of DHF D. a person working for one of the cemeteries died of DHF E. rains brought aedes mosquitoes to breed in cemeteries

4. To prevent aedes mosquitoes from breeding in cemeteries, the

government does not allow… A. Chinese, Malays and Indians to go to cemeteries B. People to bring flowers to the cemetery C. Talks about DHF to be conducted at cemeteries

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 264

D. Any container that holds water to be left at the graves E. Health officials to keep a check on cemetery visitors

5. “Fogging housing estates” in line 12 means…

A. creating a dust cloud in the housing area B. blowing disinfectants around the house C. pumping smoke to the neighborhood D. cleaning the houses of DHF victims E. spraying housing areas with a special pesticide

Text II

The immune system serves three basic functions: to recognize

foreign cells and attack them, to develop antibodies to recognize foreign invaders in the future, and to send while blood cells to the location of an injury to speed healing. Chronic stress can suppress the functioning of the immune system, so that just by being stressed for long periods of time, we can actually weaken our immune system and fall victim to an illness that we would normally fight off with ease.

6. The topic of the paragraph is….

A. the consequence of chronic stress B. the functions of the immune system C. the basic immune system D. the weakening of the immune system E. the development of antibodies

7. Which of the following is not true about the immune system?

A. the immune system functions best when a person is under continuous pressure.

B. After identifying foreign invaders in the body the immune system attacks them.

C. There area three main functions of the immune system. D. When the immune system is weak a person can become ill

easily. E. The main function of the immune system is to help the body in

fighting an illness.

Text III Dinosaurs are generally believed to have been very large animals

and it‟s true that some of them were incredibly large. One dinosaur, believed to have been the largest dinosaur ever, is called Seismosaurus. Seismosaurus literally means “earth shaker.” This animal was between 100 and 120 feet long and weighed about 89 ton. To give you some idea of how big a seismosaurus was, let me tell you that and American football field is 300 feet along. Consider that the African elephant weighs between six and seven tons. This means that a seismosaurus was about

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 265

13 to 14 times heavier than an African elephant. It‟s not surprising that his name means “earth shaker “!

8. The topic of the paragraph is …

A. The size of dinosaurs B. The characteristics of the seismosaurus C. The largest animal on earth D. The earth shaker E. The weight of the African elephant

9. According to the text, which of the following statements is not true

about the seismosaurus? A. The seismosaurus was the largest animal ever living on earth. B. Because of its enormous Weight the seismosaurus is called the

earth shaker. C. The length of the seismosaurus is about one-third that of an

American football field. D. There was no other dinosaur larger than the seismosaurus. E. The steps of a seismosaurs seemed to shake the earth

Text IV

The romance languages of today came originally from Latin, which

was the …. 10 language of the Roman Empire. As the Empire spread gradually across a great part of Europe, Latin was introduced everywhere as the official language of government and administration. Spoken Latin was consistent from one area to another in the early days of the Empire…..11 later, when the Empire began to fall apart, the Roman administrators began to disappear. Gradually, the Latin of each region began to develop in .…12 own way. Separated from each other by great distances and ….13 influenced by the speech of the local people, each area slowly developed its own….14 characteristics to the point where separate languages include the national languages : Italian, French, Spanish, Portuguese, and Rumanian.

10. A. natural C. official E. fundamental

B. basic D. authorized

11. A. therefore B. In spite of C. moreover D. otherwise E. however

12. A. the Latin‟s D. her

B. its E. one‟s C. it

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 266

13. A. nature B. natural C. naturalize D. naturalization E. naturally

14. A. distinctive

B. distinctive C. distinction D. distinctively E. distinctiveness

15. „When are you going to tell your sister the good news?‟

„When she….. from her business trip.‟ A. will be returning B. is going to return C. returns D. is returning E. had returned

16. „Who was released from prison in Beijing?‟

„Wei Jingsheng,…. Political opponent.‟ A. is a leading D. he leads B. to be a leader E. a leading C. who is a leader

17. „How was the exam?‟

„It was not easy…. I am sure I can pass.‟ A. and C. or E. as B. but D. so

18. The burden of economic problems …. The majority of Indonesia

people. A. have been frustrated B. deeply frustrate C. it is deeply frustrating D. has frustrated E. are frustrated

19. „Several hotels in this region are closing down.‟ „That‟s because tourism itself…. since last year‟ A. is declining B. declined C. has been declining D. was declining E. had declined

20. „I‟ve heard that Alex was fined $ 100 for littering when he was in

Singapore.‟

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 267

„Really? He …. That there is law against littering in public places.‟ A. might have known B. could have known C. ought not to have known D. should not have known E. must not have known

21. My little brother had scattered all his toys on my bed, so I had him….

the bed before night fell. A. clear D. be clearing B. to clear E. to be cleared C. cleared

22. According to the latest issue of the journal of the American Medical

association, … can reduce the risk of sudden cardiac death in men. A. fish being eaten every week B. if we eat fish once a week C. to eat weekly fish D. fish to be eaten weekly E. eating fish just once a week

23. „What has made these tourist resorts so unattractive now?‟

„The poor maintenance of….facilities.‟ A. it B. their C. its D. they E. theirs

24. The hotel provides good facilities, still, my wife…

A. has enjoyed staying there B. has her friends move to this hotel C. has prolonged her stay there D. has so much to complain about E. has promoted its good services to others

25. „What do the employees exactly want?‟ „……‟ A. to get better working conditions B. Increasing worker‟s motivation C. Whether the number of employees should be reduced D. Greater responsibilities are given to them E. They get more training programs

26. „Tita are you going to see the dentist this afternoon?‟

„I wish I didn‟t have to.‟ We may conclude that…. to the dentist. A. she doesn‟t have to go B. she needs to go C. she is not going this afternoon

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 268

D. she is willing to go E. she has gone

27. „You seem to be waiting for something these days.‟

„That‟s true, I‟m waiting…. for an interview.‟ A. called D. calling B. to call E. to be called C. be called

28. The great number of unskilled labor and …. has made it difficult for

the company‟s products to compete with those of other companies. A. there are no experienced managers B. nor are there experienced managers C. inexperienced managers D. neither are the managers experienced E. the managers are all inexperienced

29. The books on this shelf, …. are about child education, belong to my

sister – in – law. A. which of most D. most of which B. in which E. of which C. that of most

30. „If I had known that you were in Bandung, I would have shown you

some interesting places‟ „……..‟ A. Thank you for showing me around Bandung B. Thank you , I will really enjoy that C. I‟m sorry, I didn‟t have time to write you before I left for Bandung D. That‟s a good idea. I haven‟t had time to go around Bandung E. Yes, It was such an interesting trip

UMPTN 1999 RAYON C

Text 1

It is now known that tuberculosis is chiefly spread by droplet infection. It can also occur as a result of drinking unpasteurized milk from tubercular cows, where the pathogen penetrates the body through the alimentary canal. However, entry of the bacillus into the body is not necessarily followed by a clinical illness, the development of which depends on several other factors. Many people, for instance, seems to have a high natural resistance and although acquired immunity is not fully understood, it has been proved that if a person contracts and recovers from a primary tuberculosis infection, he is less likely to develop active tuberculosis on subsequent exposure to the tubercle bacillus than a patient who has not previously been infected.

Tuberculosis has notoriously been associated with poverty, with poverty, with its accompanying malnutrition, overcrowding and stress,

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 269

and while the exact role of nutrition is uncertain, it seems that a diet based on cheap carbohydrate and a lack of protein and vitamins is another contributing factor.

In addition, a condition such as diabetes mellitus also lead to increased risk of developing the disease, and statistic from certain mining areas in Africa show that sufferers of respiratory disorders, such as silicosis, are especially vulnerable to attacks of pulmonary tuberculosis. The introduction of mass immunization against tuberculosis by the use of BCG vaccine, and of mass radiography, where it is possible to screen large numbers of people for early signs of tuberculosis, has dramatically reduced the incidence of the disease in the last few decades

1. What is the main formation of the text ?

A. The danger of drinking unpasteurized milk B. The diseases leading to the development of tuberculosis C. The effects of being infected by tuberculosis D. The parts of the world affected by tuberculosis E. The causes and prevention of tuberculosis

2. Tuberculosis is easily spread in poor countries because…

A. people have no knowledge of good nutrition B. only food containing cheap carbohydrate is available C. people like to live together in crowded neighbourhoods D. people with malnutrition are easily affected E. there is still a great shortage of medical doctors

3. The following may lead to the development of tuberculosis, except…

A. poverty B. drinking milk C. a poor diet D. tubercle bacillus in the air E. respiratory illnesses

4. „The disease‟ in line 16 refers to … A. diabetes mellitus B. a respiratory disorder C. silicosis D. tuberculosis E. a clinical illness

5. From the text we may conclude that… A. it is hard to eradicate tuberculosis if many people are still living

poverty B. over the last ten years the number of tuberculosis patients has

decreased C. patients suffering from any other disease will easily get

tuberculosis D. people can never be infected by tuberculosis if they eat

nutritious food E. recovered patients are likely to develop active tuberculosis

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 270

Text II

Just a few years ago, women like Dr.Al-Awadhi had to chose between a higher education and having a family. Naturally this was a very difficult choice. But now, many young men in countries like Kuwait want to marry educated women, and it is no disadvantage to a woman to be educated. Her marriage prospects may, in fact, be improved. However, she still may not be able to have a career after her marriage, particularly after children are born. This custom may change too before long as more and more educated women marry and have families. Women may demand to have careers. Also, developing countries may want to encourage all educated people, men and women, to contribute to the workforce. These countries may regard educated women as a rich natural resource

6. The topic of the text is …

A. how to improve marriage prospects B. traditional and modern customs in Kuwait C. a difficult choice in a woman‟s life D. the changing role of in developing countries E. the marriage life of educated woman

7. We may conclude that…

A. educated career women are an asset to the country B. having children is more important for women than having a

career C. there are disadvantages for women to work outside the house D. highly educated women are a threat to men E. a career women usually has an unhappy marriage

Text III

In South Africa, researchers process sunflower oil to fuel diesel

engines. An acid and a molecule are chemically combined to form an ester by removal of a water molecule. It is easy to do this : an acid is added to the oil, which is then heated to 30-40

0 for a few ours. The fuel

mixture which is produced in this way possesses properties very similar to those of ordinary diesel fuel, but the mixture causes less exhaust smoke than diesel fuel, and can actually improve engine performance. In Brazil, researchers have carried out similar projects with processed vegetable oil.

8. The text is about …

A. the process of producing fuel B. the importance of sunflower oil C. making diesel fuel from sunflower oil D. improving the performance of diesel engines E. Brazil‟s research on vegetable oil

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 271

9. Which of the following is not true according to the text ?

A. The fuel produced from sunflower oil is actually better than common diesel fuel.

B. The process of converting sunflower oil into fuel is quite complicated and expensive

C. Vegetable oil might also be converted into fuel for diesel engines D. A diesel engine can perform better when fuel from sunflower oil

is used E. Several countries are interested in developing an alternative fuel

for diesel Text IV

The technological revolution that will prevail for the remainder of this century will create jobs and professions that as little as five years ago were …. 10. These newly developed markets will demand of workers and understanding of …. 11… technical communications systems as well as an increased technical ….. 12. By the year 2001 basic skills that …. 13 were vital to business will be rendered obsolete. The most …. 14… trend in years to come will be the shift from formation – type jobs such as factory work, office typing, and general clerical works to information – type jobs such as programming, word processing, and supervising technical machinery

10. A. gone B. absent C. ailing

D. nonexistent E. perished

11. A. creative

B. distinguished C. sophisticated D. prominent E. extraordinary

12. A. expertise B. modification C. approach D. method E. analysis

13. A. eventually C. earlier E. once B. primarily D. last 14. A. signify B. significant

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 272

C. signifying D. significance E. significantly

15. The lay-out plan of the Trade Fair, … the Project Manager was so concerned, turns out to be quite good. A. they involve B. involve C. involving D. while they involve E. involved

16. Surveys indicate that twenty-five percent of heart surgery … bypass operations may be unnecessary

A. they involve B. involve C. involving D. while they involve E. involved

17. Wedding ceremonies differ from one ethic group to another. Each of

our 27 provinces … own characteristic. A. has its D. it has B. they have E. have their C. have one‟s

18. „How do I get to Bogor from Jakarta ?‟

„Well, you can take either …‟ A. the bus and the train B. the bus or the train C. the bus as well as the train D. the bus and the train too E. the bus and also the train

19. He asked me whether he … my car to go to the party.

A. can borrow D. may borrow B. might borrow E. would borrow C. ought to borrow

20. Whose book is this ? I‟d like to borrow it when nobody else … it

A. read B. will read C. has read D. was reading E. is reading

21. „I tried to fix the TV but I wasn‟t very successful.‟ „Why don‟t you have a TV repairman …. it ?

A. do B. to do

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 273

C. done D. for doing E. done

22. If it were not for your education, you … such a good position.

A. will not have D. would not ha B. have not had E. had not had C. did not have

23. I‟m still waiting …. for an interview

A. to be called B. be called C. be calling D. to call E. called

24. I regret …. the body trimmer advertised on TV because it doesn‟t work

as expected. A. bought C. to buy E. buying B. I buy D. buy

25. „What does the announcement say ?‟ „…. should submit their progress report.‟

A. Whether students on scholarships B. Are students on scholarships C. If students on scholarships D. That students on scholarships E. When students on scholarships

26. „Did you see Anti when you were in Semarang?‟ “No. I didn‟t. I really didn‟t have the time …. Her.

A. I visited B. visit C. to visit D. visiting E. for visiting

27. …. the Department or Religious Affairs has extended the registration

date for the hajj pilgrimage, the number of pilgrims is smaller than that of last year. A. Although C. Because E. When B. Since D. As

28. „Having been defeated three times in a row, the boxer decided to give

up fighting‟ means ; … A. although he was defeated three times in a row, the decided to

give up fighting. B. he decided to give up fighting after he had been defeated three

times in a row

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 274

C. as he had decided to give up fighting, he was defeated three times in a row

D. he decided to give up fighting, so he was defeated three times in a row

E. when he decided to give up fighting, he was defeated three times in a row

29. While living in Bogor, we always went to school on foot. This means that we … on foot while we were living in Bogor.

A. go to school B. are going to school C. used to go to school D. are used to going to school E. like going to school

30. „I can‟t find my hand phone in my bag.‟ „Well, you … in the car. Let‟s take a look.‟

A. may have to leave it B. had to leave it C. should have left it D. may have left it E. must leave it

UMPTN 1998 RAYON C Text I

The fish are dying in the Adirondack lakes in northern New York Sate. Fishermen are worried. This used to be a favorite spot for sport fishing. But every year there are fewer fish. Some lakes – 6% of them – now have no fish at all. Scientists are beginning to get worried too. What is killing the fish? The cause of this is acid rain. Acid rain is a kind of air pollution. It is caused by factories that use burn coal or oil or gas. These factories send smoke high into the air. The wind often carries the smoke far from the factories. Some of the unhealthy things in the smoke may come down with the rain hundreds of miles away. This is what is happening in the Adirondacks. There are many factories in the Midwestern states. They are sending a lot of smoke into the air. The wind blows the smoke towards the eat. That means towards New York State and the Adirondack area. The rain in the Adirondacks is not natural and clean any more. It is full of acid chemicals. When it falls in lakes, it changes them too. The lakes become more acidic. Acid water is like vinegar or lemon juice. It hurts when it gets in your eyes. It is dying in the Adirondacks.

1. The topic of the text is …

A. the Adirondack lakes B. acid rain

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 275

C. air pollution D. fish killers E. factories in the Midwestern states

2. The problem that the writer points out in the text is that …

A. fish has become scarce in the United States B. there are too many factories in the Midwestern States C. six percent of fish in the Adirondack lakes is dying D. the total catch of fish in the Adirondack lakes is

decreasing E. many favorite sports for sport fishing have dried up

3. Which of the following statements is TRUE about acid rain?

A. Acid rain kills all living things in the Adirondacks B. Acid rain causes air pollution in northern New York State C. Smoke emitted by factories creates poisonous acid rain D. Coal, oil or gas increase the level of poison in acid rain E. Acid rain carries a lot of smoke hundreds of miles away

4. The rain in the Adirondacks is harmful to the environment,

because: A. the wind that blows from the Midwestern states sends a

lot of smoke containing dangerous chemicals B. the rain comes from an area where air is badly polluted by

factory wastes C. air pollution caused by factories burning coal, oil or gas

has been a problem in the Adirondacks D. factories operating in the Adirondack area send polluted

smoke high in the air and come down with the rain E. The Adirondack area is geographically located in one of

the Midwestern states which is a center of industry

5. If water form an acidic lake gets into our eyes, it will ………., A. be like vinegar B. cause blindness C. clean them D. be like lemon juice E. hurt them

Text II Over the year many different system of physical exercise designed to improve the health and appearance of the body have emerged. One of the best to come forth was Hatha Yoga, a form of Yoga consisting of various postures that exercise the whole body. Facial muscles, for example, can be made firmer by daily performance of “The Lion”, a posture that imitates the face of roaring lion. Back muscles can become more flexible by regular practise of “The Cobra”, a posture that imitates the arching head of that poisonous snake. “The Crow”, which resembles the headstand, is said to improve circulation and relieve tension.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 276

6. What is the topic of the text? A. System of physical exercises B. Animal postures in Yoga C. Hatha Yoga postures D. Exercising body muscles E. Improving blood circulation

7. What is the main information of the text?

A. Hatha Yoga postures exercise the whole body B. Yoga are used in Yoga exercise C. Yoga imitates the movements of animal D. Animal are an important element in Yoga exercise E. Yoga is the best system of physical exercise

Text III

If student are succeed in tomorrow‟s would, their must encourage them to have the desire to keep learning throughout their lives. For at least a decade now, experts have been telling us that to prosper in the future, countries need to make much better use of their human resources. This means not allowing people to stop learning at age 10 or 20 or 30. It means pushing skill-growth rates up rather than allowing children and adults to lose interest in learning. Although following this advice is not easy, we should keep the following in mind; if we do not go this route, vast number of people in the world may do poorly in a global market, while a few people do exceptionally well. As a result, the gap between the rich and the poor will grow and grow …. until something explodes

8. The text is about ….

A. important advice on education for better future B. the establishment of rules related to education C. an improvement in the development of human resources D. the result of a country‟s poor education E. people‟s obligation to have a life-time education

9. The writer believes that if countries allowed people to stop

learning at the age of 30, …. A. there would be greater competition between the rich and

the poor B. the number of poor people in the world increase C. the global market would be dominated by the rich D. the majority of people in the world would prosper E. the skill-growth rates would be immediately pushed up

Text IV

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 277

It is true that there is not set amount of sleep a person must have each right to remain sharp. Sleeping ….10 vary among individuals in each age group. Some babies up to 20 hours a day while others are happy with far less. An average adult works best with seven or eight hours, …..11 some can function with as little as four hours and others seem to need ten or more, 12 . Show that people can …..13 to somewhat reduced sleeping schedules without ….14 adverse affects. But one thing is certain. If you don‟t get your quota, you become cranky n e. disturbances nervous and increasingly upset.

10. A. targets

B. regulations C. opportunities D. requirement

E. disturbances

11. A. in spite of B. although

C. moreover D. unless

E. so that

12. A. Assumptions B. Procedures C. Studies D. Analyses E. Processes

13. A. adapting B. adaptable

C. adaptation D. adaptor E. adapt

14. A. noticeable C. noticeably E. noticed

B. notices D. notice

15. Have you considered …. to an apartment closer to your office ? A. Move B. To move C. Moved D. Moving E. To be moving

16. Due to the current financial condition, our budget plan for 1998/1999…

A. Needs to review B. Needs to be reviewed C. Needs reviews

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 278

D. Is needed to be reviewed E. It needs reviewing

17. The way he smiles and talks always _____ many girls.

A. to attract C. attracts E. attract B. it attracts D. attracting

18. … a few thousand dollars, he went on a tour to Europe.

A. Saved D. Having Saved B. Have saved E. After he saves C. He has saved

19. „So you have finished t typing those letters! When did you do it? When you _____ the meaning.‟ A. were attending D. attended B. attend E. had attended C. have attended

20. „Adi has a very bad cold.‟ I know, he ____ out until late last night.‟

A. couldn‟t have gone B. had better not C. shouldn‟t have gone D. could not go E. would have gone out

21. „The result of the English exam is very good.‟ „It is due to the

newly …. teaching method.‟ A. to implement D. implemented B. implementing E. to be implemented C. it is implementing

22. „Do you know that Tanto had withdrawn his money from the

bank just before it was liquidated?‟ „Oh yes, otherwise he ____ a great deal.‟ A. lost D. had lost B. would lose E. would have lost C. has lost

23. The fact that he was put in prison for something that he had not

done made his wife …. A. cry B. to be crying C. cried D. to cry E. crying

24. The student are collecting money, food and clothes for the

people….. houses were destroyed in the fire last week. A. who B. whom

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 279

C. whose D. that E. which

25. Noticing I had dropped my purse, _____

A. the bus conductor called after me B. I was called after by the bus conductor C. It was the bus conductor who called after me D. There was the bus conductor calling after me E. The bus conductor was called after me

26. Vera has recently been promoted to a top position in her

company, although …. A. she has a master‟s degree in business B. she is relatively new in the company C. she has proved herself to be a good manager D. she has many years of experience E. she seem to have much self confidence

27. There was so much noise next door. Our neighbour … from their

vacation abroad. A. may come back B. would have come back C. is supposed to come back D. must have come back E. ought to come back

28. „After I finished my article, I had it edited‟ This means that ….‟

A. I had edited my article B. My article would be edited C. somebody edited my article D. I was asked to edit my article E. I had to edit my article myself

29. „What does the announcement say? ….get their money back.‟

A. Depositors of the liquidated bank B. Will the depositors of the liquidated bank C. About depositors of the liquidated bank who will D. That the depositors of the liquidated bank will E. Which of the depositors of the liquidated bank will

30. People like to live in peaceful world; nevertheless,….

A. every conflict and disagreement should be avoided B. they try very hard to live in harmony C. co-ordination and co-operation are being conducted D. they come together to solve global problems E. there are still wars among many nations

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 280

UMPTN 1997 RAYON C

Text I

Throughout history man has changed his physical environment in order to improve his way of life. With the tools of technology he has altered many physical features of the earth reservoirs out of rivers for irrigation purposes or hydroelectric power. Man has also modified the face of the earth by draining marshes and cutting through mountains to build roads and railways. However, man‟s changes to the physical environment have not always had beneficial results. Today, pollution of the air and water is an increasing danger to the health of the planet. Each day thousands of tons of gases come out of the exhausts of motor vehicle; smoke from factories pollutes the air of industrialised areas and the surrounding areas of the countryside. The air in cities is becoming increasingly unhealthy. The pollution of water is equally harmful. In the sea, pollution from oil is increasing and is killing enormous numbers of algae, fish, and birds. The whole ecological balance of the sea is being changed. The same problem exists in rivers. Industrial wastes have already made many rivers lifeless. Conservationist believe that it is now necessary for man to limit the growth of technology in order to survive on earth.

1. The writer‟s main purpose in writing the text is to …

A. show the advantages of modern technology B. explain why exhausts of cars are dangerous C. discuss how the tools of technology can improve man‟s way of life D. warn us against the harmful effects of air and water pollution E. point out how man has modified the face of the earth

2. According to the text, air pollution may occur in the following locations,

except … A. the surroundings of industries B. big cities crowded with cars C. the countryside near factories D. the harbours where oil tankers anchor E. housing areas close to manufacturing plants

3. The first paragraph tells us about the effects of technology on …

A. the history of man B. water reservoirs C. the physical features of the earth D. improvements in man‟s life E. the construction of railroads

4. According to the text, which of the following is the cause of water

pollution? A. Oil refineries

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 281

B. Algae, fish, and birds C. Factory wastes D. Thousands of tons of gases E. Ecological balance

5. We may conclude that the writer is in favour of …

A. restricting the growth of technology B. altering the ecological harmony of the sea C. modifying the face of the earth by building transport facilities D. preventing human beings from using technology E. killing fish and birds that pollute the sea

Text II

We are already using up our fossil fuel reserves of coal, oil, and natural gas. These fuels took millions of years to create. They are our precious capital and can never be replaced. They should be preserved for purposes for which it is difficult to find alternatives. In future we will need to utilise our energy sources, and save our capital. By linking the same energy network which powers the weather and climate, we might be able to use the sun, wind, waves and tides to help satisfy our energy needs. These are renewable sources. They serve as new sources and will never run out.

6. The writer‟s intention to write the text is to explain about …

A. fossil fuel reserves B. the creation of fossil fuels C. energy powering weather and climate D. renewable energy sources E. the running out of coal and oil

7. The advantage of renewable energy over fossil fuel energy is that

renewable energy … A. is easy to produce B. is never exhausted C. requires less capital D. creates natural gas E. is found everywhere

Text III

Most Western European countries have a wide variety of political

parties. Although having many choices available to the voting public is a sign of healthy democracy, it can also cause serious political philosophies and goals. Moreover, the presence of so many parties can lead to government instability because the cooperation of several different parties is often needed to form coalition governments.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 282

8. In the above paragraph the writer wants to show the reader that … A. democracy is created in a country with many parties B. it is difficult for people to understand the philosophy of politics C. the presence of many parties in country will solve political

problems D. stability will be achieved if a country has many political parties E. there are disadvantages of having many political parties in a

country

9. What is needed to form a coalition government? A. Differences in political philosophies and goals of parties B. The agreement of different parties to work together C. An educated voting public in a democratic country D. The availability of only one party in a country E. A government which has a wide variety of political parties.

Text IV

A few years ago a shortage of natural gas drove prices sky high. Likewise, gasoline prices rose when demands … 10 … supplies. A large supply in the oil market drove prices back down. The … 11 … of supply and demand functioned according to textbook description in the case of oil, but the … 12 … is different in the current natural gas market. Natural gas consumers are finding their heating bills more of a burden than last year, … 13 … a dramatic increase in supplies. There is so much natural gas available that many suppliers are closing down their plants for lack of a market, and it is … 14 … that some suppliers are even burning off their surplus gas now.

10. A. weakened

B. exceeded C. descended

D. increased E. exaggerated

11. A. principal C. subject

B. scale D. law E. arrangement

12. A. situation B. period C. requirement D. influence

E. environment

13. A. whereas C. as long as B. therefore D. in order to E. in spite of

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 283

14. A. predicted B. insured

C. rumoured D. assumed

E. hoped

15. “Why don‟t you ask your sister to come along with us to the movie?” “I did, but she … stay at home.”

A. used to B. might C. can D. could E. e. would rather

16. I didn‟t hear the thunder during the storm last night because I …

soundly. A. have been sleeping D. was sleeping B. and E. have slept C. am sleeping

17. My uncle doesn‟t earn much; … he can send his children to college.

A. however C. therefore E. hence B. and D. so

18. The school master had the students … their lessons before the exam.

A. to review B. reviewing C. review D. reviewed E. e. they review

19. She is trying to lose weight by drinking … beverages.

A. artificially sweetened B. artificial sweets C. artificially sweetening D. sweetened by artificial sugar E. sweetened artificially

20. My friend Hasan is considering … school before finishing it because of financial reasons. A. he leaves B. about leaving C. he wants to leave D. in leaving E. leaving

21. “When did you realize you had lost your purse?” “When I … money to pay the bus fare.”

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 284

A. was needing B. needed C. had needed D. they needed E. e. have needed

22. The number of illiterate people in our country … drastically.

A. to decrease B. decrease C. has decreased D. they decrease E. e. it decreases

23. That vase is such a beautiful antique that people were willing to pay a

lot for it at the auction. From the above sentence we may conclude that A. people do not like antiques B. the vase is too expensive C. many people buy such a vase D. the vase is very precious E. it is a very modern vase

24. “I can‟t read this letter, I don‟t understand French at all”.

“I don‟t either, but let‟s …” A. translate it B. have it translated C. to translate it D. have translated it E. have to translate

25. … Michael Douglas a good actor that he can play the role of different

characters so well. A. That makes B. Whether making C. What makes D. This is made E. In order to make

26. The President Director agreed that the performance of the company

has not been good these past few years. In fact, its organization … now for improvements. A. restructured B. is restructuring C. is to restructure D. is being restructured E. restructuring

27. There were plenty of tickets left for the concert. We … have bought

them in advance. A. couldn‟t D. mustn‟t

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 285

B. shouldn‟t E. wouldn‟t C. might not

28. Having switched off the lights …

A. it was the door he locked B. the door was locked C. this locked the door D. the door was locked behind him E. he locked the door

29. Students … will be awarded scholarships.

A. who pass with excellent grades B. they pass with excellent grades C. they who pass with excellent grades D. pass with excellent grades E. to pass with excellent grades

30. Thank you for reminding me to send in my application forms …

A. I wouldn‟t miss the deadline if you reminded me B. I wouldn‟t have missed the deadline if you had reminded me C. I will miss the deadline if you don‟t remind me D. I would have missed the deadline if you hadn‟t reminded me E. Had you reminded me, I wouldn‟t have missed the deadline

UMPTN 1996 RAYON C Text I

After rising steadily for almost a century, standards of education in the public schools of Europe and North America have levelled off and, in the opinion of many parents and employers, are actually falling. More and more children are leaving school with little more than a basic knowledge of reading , writing and arithmetic, and illiteracy is becoming a social problem once again. With dropout rates of twenty seven percent in high schools and fifty percent in college, the American education system is clearly in trouble ; European drop out rates, though lower than those of the U.S. are rising too. Various factors have been blamed for the apparent decline in educational standards . Some people say that over crowding and lack of discipline are major factors. Others maintain that subjects like art and drama have been over emphasised at the expense of more practical subjects. The negative influence of television is frequently mentioned as reason for growing illiteracy. Many teachers and principals, however, insist that problem is not falling standards but of rising expectations on the part of parents and employers. Whether or not standards in public school are actually falling, many parents feel that the only way to secure a good education for their children is to send them to private school, which generally have

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 286

smaller classes and stricter discipline . The popularity , of such schools, is growing steadily, despite the high tuition fees. In the United States, for example, eleven percent of all school children attend private school in France over sixteen per cent do so .

1. The text is about __

A. problem and current education systems B. rising dropout rates in America publish schools C. factor determining general education standards D. comparison between the American and European education

system E. problem in education in European and American public schools

2. Which of the following statements about the education of children in public school is NOT TRUE according to the text ?

A. Many children quit school B. Dropout lack basic knowledge of reading and writing . C. Public school should offer more practical subjects. D. Dropout rates are rising E. The dropout rate in Europe is lower than that in the U.S.

3. Which of the following is true to be a factor causing the decline in educational standards?

A. Discipline in school is generally too strict. B. Teachers use too much television in class C. There are too many pupils in one class. D. Parent and employers expect too much from teachers

4. Private schools have become popular among parents, because

A. they charge high tuition fees B. their educational system never has problems C. parents expectations for more practical subjects are met D. they think that private school provide better education E. their rate of dropout is lower than that in public schools.

5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text ?

A. School authorities do not think that the educational standards in public school is declining

B. More children are leaving school because they realize that public school have no discipline

C. The general trend in the world is that there is a decline in educational standards

D. televisions greatly contributed to the failure of public school in general

E. Private school are expensive because they provide more practical subject than public school do.

Text II

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 287

Bison have not always lived in North America they are relatively new comers. They belong to the Bovidae family, like domestic cattle and the wild buffalo of Africa and Asia. The oldest known bison fossils have been found in China and the Himalaya Foothills, where an animal with all the essential features of the genus lived a million years ago . They evolved rapidly and spread over most of the northern hemisphere in Europe and Siberia. During one of the Ice Ages, the sea level dropped, Exposing a land bridge across the Bering Strait allowing the faunas of Asia and North American Continent.

6. What is the topic of the paragraph ?

A. The spread of Bison from China and Himalaya to North America.

B. Types of Bisons belonging to the Bovidae family C. The effect of the intermingling of Asian and North American

faunas. D. Places in the world where bisons lived. E. The rapid evolution of Bisons

7. What is the main idea of the text ?

A. Bisons are relatively new comers in North America because they have lived in other parts of the worlds.

B. The oldest known bison fossils have been found in China and the Himalaya foothill

C. Bison belong to the Bovidae family, like domestic cattle and wild of Africa and Asia

D. From Asia Bisons Spread over most of the Northern hemisphere and came to North Amnerica though the Bering strait

E. Bisons came to North America when the faunas of Asia and North America intermingle

Text III

Driving a car is a necessity in today's society, and it is a special privilege. Getting a driver's license is a complicated process. It is divided into four steps : study the traffic laws, taking the written test, learning to drive, and taking the driving test. Therefore, anyone who wants to drive must carry a driver's license.

8. What is the topic of the paragraph ?

A. The necessity of driving a car B. The process of getting a driver's license C. Drivers in today's busy society

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 288

D. Learning to drive E. The special privilege of driving a car

9. What is the main idea of the text A. Driving a car is necessity in today's busy society B. Anyone who wants to drive must carry a driver's license . C. Driving a car is special privilege for busy people D. The four steps in getting a driver's license is a complicated

process. E. Studying the traffic laws is included in the process of getting a

driver's license. Text IV

Throughout history , man has changed his physical environment in order to improve his way of life. With the tools of technology, he ….10 many physical features of the earth. He has transformed woodlands and prairies into farmland and made lakes and reservoirs out of rivers for irrigation ….11 or hydroelectric power. Man has also ….12 the face of earth by draining marshes and cutting through mountains to build roads and railways. …..13 man's changes to the physical environment have not always had …..14 result. Today, pollution of the air and water is raising danger to the health of the planet.

10.A. divide B. constructed C. promoted D. identified E. altered 11.A. means B. media C. organs D. purpose E. Instruments 12.A.surrounded B. interrupted C. changed D. disturbed E. enlarged 13.A. Consequently B. How ever C. Besides D. Moreover E. Similarly !4. A. Benefit

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 289

B. beneficiary C. beneficial D. beneficially E. beneficent 15. You can break the ticket in advance, so that you …. queue up for it

A. mustn't B. cannot C. may not D. shouldn't E. don't have to

16. 'where is my dictionary?

It was on my desk. 'Perhaps somebody…..it

A. takes B. has taken C. is taking D. had taken E. would take

17. 'My car broke down this morning."

It's your own fault. You _____ your brother for advice before you bought that used car." A. could ask B. might ask C. should have asked D. may have asked E. must have asked

18. …., she likes him very much, she always pretends to ignore him.

A. Since B. Because C. Whereas D. Even though E. However

19. We always try to avoid ….. preserved foods

A. consuming B. to consume C. consumed D. we consume E. being consumed

20. These scholarships will be given to students …..

A. which passed the selection test B. whose selection test passed C. They passed the selection D. who have passed the selection test E. have passed the selection test

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 290

21. The original …..manuscript of the play is on display in the museum.

A. written by hand B. writing hand C. hand - written D. is hand - written E. hand writing

22. Constructed from 3000 to 15000 BC

A. the pyramids were monumental tombs of Egyptian pharaohs B. many tourists come from all over the world to see the pyramids C. the Egyptian pharaohs were buried in the pyramids D. it was the monumental tombs of Egyptian pharaohs E. the Egyptian buried their pharaohs in the monumental pyramids

23. … cigarette smoke can be harmful is a fact not many smokers realize

A. whether B. that C. if D. which E. when

24. Anita and I missed the morning flight and this made …. late for our friend's

A. his B. me C. then D. her E. us

25. Do you think that at the moment some amazing experiments _____ by the university research biologists ?

A. carried out B. to carry out C. are being carried out D. be carried be out E. they are carried out\

26. My parents advised my sister…. too money on clothes A. do not spend B. not to spend C. did not spend D. not spending E. not spend

27. Since when hasn't she been feeling well ? Since she …. from Singapore.

A. returned B. has returned C. was returning D. has returned

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 291

E. has been returning 28. I don‟t have much time to do all my household work. so I always

A. help somebody B. have helped somebody C. have to help somebody D. have somebody help me E. to have me help somebody

29. The murder suspect wanted to tell police the truth …. they were afraid

A. so B. never the less C. otherwise D. moreover E. therefore

30. Rudi would have lost his way in London if the hadn't been able to speak English Well `The above sentence means : ….

A. Rudi got lost because his English was poor B. Although Rudi's English was good. he got lost C. As Rudi could not communicate in English. he got lost D. In spite of his poor English. Rudi. did not get lost E. Rudi did not get lost because his English was good

UMPTN 1995 RAYON C Text I

Paris is the capital of the European nation of France. It is also one of the most beautiful and most famous cities in the world. Paris is called the City of light. It is also an international fashion centre. What stylish women are wearing in Paris will be worn by woman all over the world. Paris is also a famous world center of education. For instance, it is the headquarters of UNESCO, the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. The Seine River divides the city into two parts. Thirty-two bridges cross this Seine river. The oldest and perhaps most well-known us the Pont Neuf, which was built in the sixteenth century. The Sorbonne, a famous university, is located on the left Bank (south side) of the river. The beautiful white church Sacre Coeur lives on the top the hill called Montmartre on the Right Bank (north side) of the Seine. There are many other famous places in Paris, such as the famous museum the Louvre as well the cathedral of Notre Dame. However, the most famous landmark in this city must be the Eiffel Tower. Paris is named after group of people called the Parisii. They built a small village on the island in the middle of the Seine River about two thousand years ago. This island, called the Ile de la Cite, is Notre Dame is located. To day around eight million people live in the Paris area.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 292

1. The topic of the text is ....

A. France, European nation B. the city of Paris C. French culture D. the Seine River E. education in France.

2. Where is the Sacre Coeur located

A. In the city of Light B. On the Southern side of the river C. Outside Paris D. Next to the Sorbonne University E. On the top of the mountain

3. According to the text which of the following statements is TRUE about Pont Neuf?

A. Pont Neuf is one of the oldest universities B. Pont Neuf is located near Montmartre C. Pont Neuf separates the Sceine River from the city D. Pont Neuf is a bridge crossing the Seine River E. Pont Neuf is Located on the south side of the Seine

4. From the Text we know that Notre Dame is located ....]

A. on the Left Bank B. near the Louvre C. on the right Bank D. outside the city of Paris E. on neither bank

5. Which of the following statements is TRUE?

A. The name Paris originated from the name of the inhabitants of the Ile de la Cite

B. French people were called Parisii two thousand years ago C. Paris was the name of a small village in the middle of the Seine

River D. In ancient times, Paris was on an island called Ile de la Cite E. Lie de la Cite used to be an island located in the middle of the

Seine River 6. This is the picture of my mother ... I have ever taken

A. whom B. of which C. where D. which E. whose

7. ... a car safety, it is essential to have good brakes

A. Driving

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 293

B. That he drop C. To be driven D. We drive E. To drive

8. "Do I hear something?" "Yes, somebody ... at the door?

A. knocks B. knocked C. is knocking D. has knocked E. was knocking

9. Land and houses are often the largest single investment that most

A. will make families ever B. families will ever make C. will make ever families D. families make ever will E. ever families will make

10. My brother needs two ... to help him run the store

A. mechanics B. carpenters C. instructors D. porters E. assistants

11. "I haven't heard anything from Leni " ... "….. .”

A. So have I B. I haven't also C. Either have I D. Neither have I E. Me, neither

12. "I'm going to Dila's. I hope she's home" "She ... be there. I saw her studying in library ten minutes ago."

A. mustn't B. might C. can't D. will E. ought to

13. .... clothes can often be very time consuming.

A. They buy B. To be buying C. In buying D. Man buys E. Buying

14. ... a few million rupiahs, he went on a tour to Europe

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 294

A. Saved B. Have saved C. He has saved D. Having saved E. After he saves

15. Customs influence ... and how they prepare and serve the food

A. people eat that B. people eat it C. what people eat D. that people eat E. people eating what

16. I heard Baron speak English, French, Dutch and even Japanese to tourists, he ... the best tourist guide in town

A. should be B. must be C. had after be D. ought to be E. would rather be

17. Ruined by the earthquake,......

A. the village was left uninhabited B. the inhabitants left the village C. there were no in habitants in the village D. no inhabitants were found in the village E. finding inhabitants in the village

18. "Why do those people look panic?' "Their semi-permanent houses ...."

A. demolished B. are demolishing C. to be demolished D. to demolish E. are being demolished

19. He told me a lot about the Philippines He ... there for a long time

A. must have lived B. might be living C. ought to have lived D. are being demolished E. would have lived

20. Left to ... rain forests sustain their ecological systems.

A. those B. itself C. themselves D. ourselves

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 295

E. yourselves 21. "Is your car new?" "No, I ... at my brother‟s garage."

A. had only painted it B. only had it painted C. had to paint it only D. only it had painted E. had been asked to paint

22. Until Kartini opened a school, Indonesian women ... allowed to go to school

A. have not been B. are not C. would not be D. had not been E. had been asked to paint it

23. which of the following sentences is correctly punctuated?

A. The Headmaster warned the student, "pay your school fee not later than the tenth every month"

B. The Headmaster warned the student : "pay your school fee not later than the tenth every month"

C. The Headmaster warned the student, "pay your school fee not later than the tenth every month!"

D. The Headmaster warned the student, pay your school fee not later than the tenth every month.

E. The Headmaster warned the student, pay your school fee not later than the tenth every month!

24. The rain ... all day and night will surely flood the area

A. fall D. to fall B. fallen E. falling C. fell

25 The company's new product was ... advertised on TV

A. nation D. nationalise B. national E. nationalisation C. nationally

26. "If all the students pass their final examination, the teacher will give a party for them at his house". It means….

A. there will possibly be a party B. there has been a party C. there is no party at all D. there was a party E. there has to be a party

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 296

27. My neighbour is an employee with a modest income ... his four children are all university students.

A. consequently B. in addition C. otherwise D. moreover E. nevertheless

28 ... Christine Hakim a good actress is that she can play the roles of

different characters so well A. that makes B. what makes C. whether making D. This is made E. In order to make

29 We are going on a long trip, so we must ....

A. have checked the car B. have had the car checked C. to have the car checked D. have the car checked E. had the car checked

30. He was never interested in mathematics until he got a very good teacher. We may conclude that at present ....

A. he likes mathematics B. he's trying to make mathematics interesting C. he hates mathematics D. he finds mathematics boring E. he avoids doing mathematics

PEMBAHASAN SOAL RAYON C

UMPTN 2000

1. C Informasi utama bacaan tersebut adalah makam sebagai sumber nyamuk aedes (terdapat pada kalimat pertama paragraf 1) 2. A Menurut teks tersebut kalimat yang SALAH mengenai pencegahan dan pengendalian DHF adalah : menyuruh warga untuk membuang semua wadah yang mereka punyai di rumah. Yang benar adalah : …throw all containers left at the graves as quickly as possible (kalimat pertama paragraf

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 297

3) yang artinya: membuang semua wadah yang tertinggal di makam secepat mungkin. 3. D Pegawai kesehatan merasa perlu menyelidiki makam sebagai sumber DHF karena orang yang bekerja di salah satu makam meninggal karena DHF (terdapat pada kalimat ke-4 paragraf 2) 4. D Untuk mencegah nyamuk aedes berkembang biak di makam, pemerintah tidak mengijinkan ada wadah yang menampung air ditinggalkan di makam (terdapat pada kalimat pertama paragraf 3). 5. E “Fogging house estates” berarti: penyemprotan lingkungan dengan pestisida tertentu. 6. B Topik teks tersebut adalah fungsi sistem imun karena paragraf tersebut membahas tentang tiga fungsi dasar sistem imun. 7. A Pernyataan yang TIDAK benar mengenai sistem imun adalah sistem imun berfungsi maksimal ketika orang berada di bawah tekanan yang terus menerus. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat terakhir ( …by being stressed for long periods of time, we can actually weaken our imun system…). 8. B Topik paragraf tersebut adalah binatang terbesar di bumi yaitu seismosaurus. 9. E Pernyataan yang TIDAK benar tentang seismosaurus adalah : Langkah seismosaurus tampaknya mengguncangkan bumi (tidak disebutkan pada paragraf tersebut ) 10. C Bahasa Romawi , yang berasal dari Latin, kini menjadi bahasa resmi (official language) kekaisaran Romawi. - natural : alami - basic: dasar - authorized: diberi wewenang - fundamental: dasar 11. E Bahasa Latin tetap dipakai sebagai bahasa pergaulan di berbagai daerah di awal masa kekaisaran, tetapi (however) kemudian, ketika kekaisaran mulai jatuh, para pejabat Romawi mulai menghilang. - therefore: oleh karena itu

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 298

- in spite of: walaupun - moreover : terlebih lagi - otherwise: jika tidak 12. B Lambat laun, orang Latin di tiap-tiap daerah mulai menggunakan caranya sendiri (one‟s own way). Karena menggantikan seseorang, maka possessive adjective yang tepat adalah one‟s. 13. E Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah adverb, yaitu naturally karena berfungsi untuk menerangkan verb influenced. 14. B Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kaimat tersebut adalah adjective yaitu distinctive karena berfungsi menerangkan noun characteristics. 15. C Kata kerja pada adverbial clause untuk menerangkan simple future adalah kata kerja simple present. Jadi verb yang tepat untuk adverbial clause tersebut adalah returns. 16. E „….political opponent‟ adalah noun phrase, jadi kata yang tepat untuk melengkapinya adalah a leading, sehingga arti noun phrase tersebut adalah lawan politik yang menonjol. 17. B „‟Bagaimana ujian kemarin?‟ „ Tidak mudah tetapi (but) aku yakin aku bisa lulus.‟ 18. D Subjek kalimat tersebut adalah the burden (singular), maka verb yang dipakai adalah singular verb, yaitu has frustrated. Arti kalimat itu adalah : Beban masalah-masalah ekonomi telah membuat sebagian besar orang Indonesia frustasi. 19. C Keterangan waktu since menerangkan bentuk present perfect continuous. 20. E „Kudengar Alex didenda $ 100 karena membuang sampah sembarangan ketika ia di Singapura.‟ „Benarkah? Dia pasti tidak tahu (must not have known) bahwa di sana ada peraturan yang melarang orang mengotori tempat umum.‟ 21. A Causative: S + have + O (aktif) + V1 (arti: Subjek menyuruh orang lain melakukan sesuatu)

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 299

Arti kalimat tersebut adalah : Adikku meletakkan mainannya berserakan di tempat tidurku, maka aku menyuruhnya membersihkannya sebelum malam tiba. 22. E Kata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah subjek, yaitu eating fish just once a week. Arti kalimat itu adalah : Menurut isu terbaru jurnal American Medical Assosiation, makan ikan sekali seminggu bisa mengurangi resiko kematian mendadak akibat jantung pada kaum pria. 23. B Possessive pronoun untuk meggantikan tourist resorts adalah their. 24. D Hotel ini menyediakan fasilitas yang bagus , tetapi, istriku masih banyak mengeluh. 25. A Untuk mengugkapkan tujuan , gunakan to infinitive 26. B Kalimat subjunctive : I wish I didn‟t have to (Aku berharap tidak perlu), faktanya adalah : Ia perlu ke dokter. 27. E „Kamu tampak sedang menunggu sesuatu akhir-akhir ini.‟ „Benar. Aku sedang menunggu dipanggil (to be called) untuk interview.‟ 28. C „And‟ menghubungkan struktur yang sama. Pada pada kalimat tersebut „and‟ menghubungkan noun phrase yaitu unskilled labour dan inexperienced managers 29. D Kalimat itu berasal dari dua kalimat yaitu: - The books on these shelf belong to my sister-in-law. - Most of the books are about child education. Dari dua kalimat tersebut bisa disimpulkan bahwa relative pronoun yang tepat untuk menggantikan most of the books adalah most of which. 30. C Makna dari kalimat pengandaian itu adalah : I didn‟t know that you were in Bandung so I didn‟t show you any interesting places (Aku tidak tahu kamu di Bandung sehingga aku tidak menunjukkan tempat-tempat menarik). Maka ungkapan yang tepat yang diucapkan pembicara kedua untuk menanggapi pernyataan itu adalah : „I‟m sorry. I didn‟t have time to write you before I left for Bandung.‟ (Maaf. Aku tidak sempat menulis surat untukmu sebelum aku ke Bandung.)

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 300

UMPTN 1999

1. E Informasi utama teks tersebut adalah penyebab dan pencegahan tuberculosis. 2. C Tuberculosis mudah menyebar di negara-negara miskin karena orang suka hidup bersama di lingkungan yang padat (paragraf 2). 3. B Yang tidak menyebabkan berkembangnya tuberculosis adalah minum susu. 4. D “The disease” adalah tuberculosis. 5. B Dari teks bisa disimpulkan bahwa selama lebih dari sepuluh tahun terakhir, jumlah pasien tuberculosis menurun (pada kalimat terakhir, paragraf terakhir). 6. D Topik teks tersebut adalah perubah peran wanita di negara-negara berkembang. 7. A Kesimpulannya adalah wanita karir yang berpendidkan adalah aset bagi negara tersebut . 8. C Teks tersebut adalah tentang membuat minyak diesel dari minyak bunga matahari. 9. A Pernyataan yang tidak benar menurut bacaan adalah :bahan bakar yang dihasilkan dari minyak bunga matahari sebenarnya lebih bsik daripada minyak diesel biasa (penyataan ini tidak disebutkan dalam teks) 10. C Revolusi teknologi yang terjadi pada penghujung abad ini akan menciptakan pekerjaan dan profesi yang sama sedikitnya dengan jumlah pekerjaan yang yang terjadi lima tahun yang lalu. 11. C Pasar yang baru berkembang ini akan memerlukan pekerja dan pemahaman sistem komunikasi teknik yang canggih (sophisticated).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 301

- extrardiary: luar biasa - distinguished : dibedakan - prominent : unggul 12. B Pasar yang baru berkembang ini akan memerlukan pekerja dan pemahaman sistem komunikasi teknik yang canggih juga perubahan (modification) teknik yang meningkat. - approach: pendekatan - method: metoda - analisis : analisis 13. E Menjelang tahun 2001 ketrampilan dasar yang dulu (once) sangat penting dalam … . - eventually akhirnya - primarily: terutama - earlier: sebelumnya - last: akhirnya. 14. B Kata yang diperlukan untuk merangkai kalimat tersebut adalah kata sifat, yaitu: significant (penting). - signify(verb) - significance (noun) - significantly (adverb) 15. Untuk mencari relative pronoun yang tepat pada kalimat itu, kita perlu memecah kalimat tersebut. Kalimat itu berasal dari dua kalimat sebagai berikut: - The lay-out plan of the Trade fair turns out to be quite good. (Rencana lay-out pameran dagang ternyata cukup bagus) - The project manager was so concerned about the lay-out plan. (Manajer proyek sangat kawatir dengan rencana lay-out tersebut). Dari kalimat kedua, bisa disimpulkan bahwa relative pronoun yang tepat adalah about which 16. C Survey menunjukkan bahwa dua puluh lima persen operasi jantung yang melibatkan (involving) operasi by pass mungkin tidak lagi perlu. 17. A Karena subjek kalimat tersebut singular (each) maka verb yang diperlukan juga singular, yaitu has dan possessive pronoun yang tepat adalah its. 18. B Correlative conjunction either berpasangan dengan or. 19. D

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 302

Dia bertanya kepadaku apakah ia boleh meminjam (may borrow) mobilku untuk pergi ke pesta. 20. C Buku siapa ini? Aku akan meminjamnya ketika tidak ada orang lain yang sedang membacanya (is reading). 21. A „Aku telah mencoba membetulkan TV tetapi tidak berhasil.‟ „Mengapa kamu tidak menyuruh tukang Tv membetulkannya?‟ Kalimat kedua adalah kalimat causative have, maka verb yang setelah objek a Tv repairman adalah Verb1. 22. D Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pengandaian tipe 2, maka verb pada main clause adalah would + verb1. 23. A Aku masih menunggu untuk dipanggil (to be called) interview. 24. E Regret bisa diikuti to infinitive (menyesal untuk) atau verb-ing (menyesal telah). Jawaban yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah Verb-ing, karena kalimat tersebut ingin mengungkapkan : “ Aku menyesal telah membeli body trimmer yang diiklankan di TV karena tidak bisa digunakan seperti yang diharapkan. 25. D Mengatakan bahwa … =say that … 26. C Untuk menyatakan tujuan, gunakan to infinitive 27. A Meskipun (although) Departemen agama telah memperpanjang tanggal pendaftaran naik haji, jumlah calon haji lebih kecil daripada jumlah tahun lalu. 28. B „”Having been defeated” = After he had been defeated (Setelah ia dikalahkan) 29. C Untuk menyatakan kebiasaan di waktu lampau, gunakan : used to + verb1 30. D Untuk menyatakan kemungkinan kegiatan yang terjadi di waktu lampau, gunakan may/might + have + verb3

UMPTN 1998

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 303

1. B Topik teks tersebut adalah hujan asam. 2. A Masalah yang ditunjukkan penulis pada teks itu adalah ikan menjadi jarang di Amerika. 3. C Asap yang dikeluarkan pabrik-pabrik menyebabkan hujan asam yang beracun (paragraf 2) 4. B Hujan di Adirondacks berbahaya bagi lingkungan karena hujan tersebut berasal dar daerah yang udaranya terpolusi limbah pabrik. 5. E Jika air dari danau berasam masuk ke mata , air tersebut akan menyebabkan sakit mata (paragraf 3 kalimat ke-6). 6. B Topik teks tersebut adalah postur binatang dala yoga. 7. C Informasi utama pad teks adalah Yoga meniru gerakan binatang. 8. E Teks tersebut tentang keharusan orang untuk menjalani pendidikan seumur hidup. 9. C Penulis percaya bahwa jika negara menyuruh orang berhenti belajar pada usia 30 tahun, pasar global akan didominasi orang kaya. 10. D Kebutuhan (requirement) tidur bervariasi pada tiap orang menurut umurnya. - target:: sasaran - opportunities: kesempatan - regulations: peraturan - disturbances: gangguan 11. B Rata-rata orang dewasa tidur selama tujuh atau delapan bulan, meskipun (although), beerapa orang cukup hanya dengan tidur selama empat jam …. . 12. C Beberapa studi (studies) menunjukkan bahwa … . 13. E

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 304

Beberapa studi menunjukkan bahwa orang dapat beradaptasi (adapt) terhadap …. . Can diikuti verb1. 14. C Karena berfungsi untuk menerangkan adjective adverse maka kata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi frase preposisi without ….. adverse affects adalah adverb, yaitu noticeably. 15. D Consider diikuti gerund (verb-ing) 16. B Karena kondisi keuangan sekarang ini, rencana anggaran untuk tahun 1998/1999 perlu ditinjau ulang (need to be reviewed). 17. C Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat simple present dan subjeknya adalah The way makaverb yang tepat adalah attracts. 18. D Setelah menabung ( Having saved) beberapa ribu dolar , dia pergiberlibur ke Eropa. 19. D „Jadi kamu sudah selesai mengetik surat-surat itu! Kapan kamu mengetiknya? Ketika kamu menghadiri (attended) rapat ya.‟ 20. C „Adi demam.‟ „Aku tahu, dia seharusnya tidak pergi (shouldn‟t have gone) hingga larut malam.‟ 21. D „Hasil ujian bahasa Inggris sangat bagus. Ini karena metode pengajaran yang baru diterapkan (the newly implemented method). 22. B „Tahukah kamu bahwa Tanto sudah menarik uangnya di bank sebelum bank itu dilikuidasi?‟ „Oh ya, jika tidak dia akan kehilangan (would lose) banyak uang. 23. A Kalimat tersebut memiliki kata kerja kausatif make. Pola kalimat kausatif dengan make adalah : S + make + O (aktif) + Verb1, jadi verb yang tepat adalah cry. 24. C Relative pronoun untuk menggantikan kepemilikan adalah whose.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 305

25. A Melihat dompetku jatuh, kondektur bis mengejarku (the bus conductor called after me. 26. B Vera baru-baru ini dipromosikan ke posisi yang tinggi di perusahaannya, meskipun ia relatif baru di perusahaan tersebut. (she is relatively new in the company). 27. D Suara- suara terdengar dari sebelah. Tetangga kita pasti telah kembali (must have come back) dari liburan di luar negeri. 28. C Setelah aku menyelesaikan artikel, Aku menyuruh artikel itu diedit = Seseorang mengedit artikelku. 29. D (Pengumuman itu mengatakan ) bahwa para penabung bank yang dilikuidasi akan mendapatkan uangnya kembali. 30. E Orang suka hidup dalam kedamaian; tetapi masih terjadi perang di banyak negara.

UMPTN 1997

1. D Tujuan pengarang dalam menulis teks tersebut adalah mengingatkan kita akan dampak polusi udara dn polusi air yang membahayakan. 2. D Menurut bacaan, polusi udara bisa terjadi di beberapa tempat, kecuali di pelabuhan tempat kilang minyak. Di tempat ini yang mungkinterjadi adalah polusi air. 3. C Paragraf 1 bercerita tentang efek teknologi pada sifat-sifat fisik bumi. 4. C Menurut teks, yang merupakan penyebab polusi air adalah limbah industri (paragraf 3). 5. A Kita bisa menyimpilkan bahwa penulis bermaksud membatasi pertumbuhan industri (paragraf terakhir pada : ….. limit the growth of technology…). 6. A

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 306

Tujuan penulis dalam menulis teks tersebut untuk menerangkan cadangan bahan bakar fossil. 7. B Keuntungan energi yang bisa diperbaharui dibanding dengan energi bahan bakar fosil adalah energy yang bisa diperbaharui tidak pernah habis. (Kalimat terakhir : they serve as new sources and will nevr run out) 8. A Pada teks itu penulis ingin menunjukkan bawa demokrasi diciptaka di suatu negara dengan banya partai (Kalimat terakhir). 9. B Yang diperlukan untuk membentuk pemerintahan koalisi adalah kesepakatan partai-partai yang berbeda untuk membentuk pemerintahan koalisi (baris terakhir). 10. A Begitu pula, harga bensin naik ketika permintaan melebihi (exceed) penawaran. - weakened: melemahkan - descended: menurunkan - increased: meningkatkan - exaggerated: berlebihan 11. D Hukum (the law) penawaran dan permintaan hanya berlaku menurut buku teks… . 12. A Hukum penawaran dan permintaan hanya berlaku menurut buku teks dalam hal minyak tetapi situasinya (situation) berbeda di pasar gas alam. - period: periode - requirement: syarat - environment: lingkungan - influence: pengaruh 13. E Konsumen gas alam menemukan tagihannya lebih banyak dibanding tagihan tahun lalu, meskipun (in spite of) terjadi peningkatan penawaran. - therefore: oleh karena itu - whereas: sedangkan - as long as: selama - in order to : agar 14. C - rumoured : dirumorkan - predicted: diramalkan - insured: diasuransikan

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 307

- assumed: diasumsikan - hoped: diharapkan 15. E „Aku sudah mengajak adikku tetapi ia lebih suka ( would rather) tinggal di rumah. 16. D Untuk menyatakan peristiw yang sedang terjadi aat lampau, gunakan past continuous tense (was/were + verb-ing). 17. A Pamanku tidak bergaji banyak tetapi (however) ia bisa menyekolahkan anak-anaknya ke perguruan tinggi. 18. C Verb yang tepat adalah Verb1 karena kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat kausatif have dengan objek aktif (the students). 19. A Ia sedang mencoba menurunkan berat badan denga minum minuman dengan pemanis buatan (artificially sweetened beverages). 20. E Consider diikuti gerund (verb-ing) 21. B „Kapan kamu meydari kamu kehilangan dompet?‟ „Ketika aku memerlukan ( needed) uang untuk membayar ongkos bus.‟ 22. C Verb yang mengikuti subjek the number adalah singular verb. 23. D Vas itu sangat kuno dan bagus sehingga banyak orang ingin membayar mahal di pelelangan. Dengan kata lain: Vas itu sangat berharga.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 308

24. B Orang kedua pada dialog tersebut mengajak orang pertama untuk menyuruh orang lain menerjemakan teks itu, yaitu dengan kalimat kausatif: Let‟s have it translated. 25. A Yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah subjek yang berupa noun clause (that clause). 26. D Untuk menyatakan sedang di…., gunakan present continuous pasif 27. B Masih banyak tiket tersisa untuk konser. Kita seharusnya tidak membeli (shouldn‟t have bought) tiket itu jauh sebelumnya. 28. E Setelah mematikan lampu, ia mengunci pintu. 29. A Siswa yang lulus (who pass) dengan nilai bagus akan diberi beasiswa. 30. C Terimakasih telah kau ingatkan aku untuk mengirim surat lamaran. Aku akan melewati batas waktu jika kamu tidak mengingatkanku.

UMPTN 1996

1. C Teks tersebut tentang faktor-faktor yang menentukan standar pendidikan negeri. 2. C Pernyataan yang TIDAK benar mengenai pendidikan anak di sekolah negeri adalah : sekolah negeri sebaiknya memberikan pelajaran yang lebih praktis. 3. C Faktor yang menyebabkan turunnya standar pendidikan adalah : terlalu banyak siswa di kelas. Kalimat kedua paragraf 2 : …people say that overcrowding and lack of discipline are the major factors. 4. D Sekolah – sekolah swasta menjadi populer di kalangan orang tua, karena mereka berpikir bahwa sekolah swasta memberikan pendidikan yang lebih baik (kalimat pertama paragraf terakhir).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 309

5. A Pernyataan yang benar menurut teks adalah para guru merasa bahwa standar pendidikan di sekolah negeri tidak menurun (dinyatakan di kalimat terakhir paragraf 2) 6. A Topik paragraf tersebut adalah penyebaran Bison dari Cina dan Himalaya ke Amerika. 7. A Main idea dari teks tersebut bisa dilihat di kalimat pertama, yaitu Bison adalah pendatang baru di Amerika Utara karena sebelumnya mereka hidup di belahan dunia yang lain. 8. B Topik paragraf di atas adalah proses mendapatkan Surat Ijin Mengemudi karena menceritakan langkah-langkah untuk mendapatkan SIM 9. D Main idea teks tersebut adalah empat langkah untuk mendapatkan SIM adalah proses yang rumit. 10. E Dengan alat-alat teknologi, ia mengubah (altered) berbagai bentuk fisik bumi. - divide : mebagi - constructed : membangun - promoted : mempromosikan - identified : mengidentifikasi 11. D Ia mengubah hutan dan rawa menjadi tanah pertanian dan membuat danau dan waduk untuk tujuan (purpose) irigasi. - means : sarana - instrument : alat 12. C Manusia juga telah mengubah (changed) permukaan bumi dengan mengeringkan rawa dan membuat jalan raya dan rel menembus pegunungan. - surrounded : mengelilingi - interrupted : menginterupsi - disturbed : menggangu - enlarged : memperlebar 13. B Tetapi (However) perubahan lingkungan fisik oleh manusia tidak selalu menguntungkan. - consequently : oleh karena itu - Besides : disamping itu

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 310

- Moreover : terlebih lagi - Similarly : demikian pula 14. C Kata yang dipakai untuk menerangkan kata benda (result) adalah kata sifat (beneficial: menguntungkan) - benefit : ahli waris - beneficiary : ahli waris - benefically : secara menguntungkan 15. E „Kamu bisa pesan tiket sebelumnya, sehingga kamu tidak perlu (don‟t have to) mengantri untuk mendapatkannya. 16. D „Di mana kamusku?‟ „Tadi di atas mejaku. Mungkin seseorang telah mengambilnya (had taken it).‟ 17. C Untuk menyatakan pekerjaan yang seharusnya telah dilakukan, gunakan should + have + V3. 18. D Meskipun (even though) ia sangat mencintai pria itu, ia pura-pura mengacuhkannya. - Since : sejak, karena - Because : karena - Whereas : sedangkan - However : tetapi 19. A Avoid diikuti gerund ( V-ing) 20. D Beasiswa ini akan diberikan pada siswa yang telah lulus ujian seleksi (who have passed test selection). 21. C Kata yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah past participle (hand-written : yang ditulis tangan) yang berfungsi menerangkan noun (manuscript) 22. A Dibangun dari tahun 3000 hingga 1500 SM, piramid merupakan makam bersejarah. 23. B Subjek kalimat itu adalah : …cigarrette smoke can be harmful. Subjek berupa noun clause/that, jadi kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi clause tersebut adalah that.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 311

24. E Kata ganti orang sebagai objek untuk Anita and I adalah us. 25. C Pernahkah kamu berpikir bahwa sekarang ini beberapa experimen yang mengagumkan sedang dilakukan (are being carried out) oleh ahli riset biologi universitas ini? 26. B S + advise + O + to infinitive 27. A Clause setelah since selalu menggunakan verb simple past tense 28. D Aku tidak punya banyak waktu untuk mengerjakan pekerjaan rumah tangga sendiri, sehingga aku selalu menyuruh seseorang membantuku (have somebody help me) 29. B Tersangka pembunuh ingin bercerita pada polisi hal yang sebenarnya tetapi (nevertheless) mereka takut. - so : sehingga - otherwise : jika tidak - moreover : terlebih lagi - therefore : oleh karena itu 30. E Rudi akan tersesat di London jika ia tidak bisa berbicara bahasa Inggris dengan lancar. Makna kalimat ini adalah : Rudi tidak tersesat karena bisa berbahasa Inggris dengan lancar.

UMPTN 1995

1. B Karena bercerita tentang Paris, maka topik teks tersebut adalah kota Paris. 2. E Sacre Coeur terletak di puncak gunung (terdapat pada kalimat terakhir paragraf 3) 3. A Pernyataan yang benar tentang Pont Neuf adalah Pont Neuf adalah salah satu universitas tertua (dinyatakan di kalimat ke-2 paragraf 3). 4. E Dari teks kita tahu bahwa Notre Dame tidak terletak di pinggir sungai (tidak disebutkan pada teks).

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 312

5. A Pernyataan yang benar menurut teks adalah nama Paris berasal dari mana penduduk Ile de la Cite. Nama penduduk Ile de la Cite adalah Parisii (dijelaskan di alenia terakhir) 6. D Ini adalah foto yang (which) pernah diambil ibuku. Untuk menggantikan benda, digunakan relative pronoun which. 7. E Agar berkendara (to drive) mobil aman, kita perlu memiliki rem yang baik. Untuk menyatakan tujuan, digunakan to infinitive. 8. C „Apakah aku mendengar sesuatu?‟ „Ya, seseorang sedang mengetuk (is knocking) pintu.‟ Peristiwa mengetuk sedang terjadi sekarang, maka verb yang tepat berbentuk present continuous tense. 9. B Tanah dan rumah adalah satu-satunya investasi terbesar yang sebagian besar keluarga memilikinya (families will ever make). 10. E Saudaraku memerlukan dua pembantu untuk membantu menjalankan (assistant) toko. - mechanics: ahli mesin - carpenters: tukang kayu - porters: kuli angkut barang - instructors: pengajar 11. „Aku belum mendapat kabar dari Leni.” „Aku juga belum (Neither did I)‟ Struktur elip yang dipakai pada kalimat negative menggunakan neither atau either. Polanya adalah : S + auxiliary + not + either atau neither + auxiliary + S. 12. A „ Aku akan ke ruma Dila. Aku berharap dia ada di rumah.‟ „Dia pasti tidak (mustn‟t ) di sana. Aku melihatnya ada di perpustakaan sepuluh menit yang lalu.” 13. E Membeli (Buying) baju seringkali sangat memakan waktu. Buying pada kalimat tersebut adalah gerund yang berfungsi sebagai subjek 14. D Setelah (Having saved) a few million rupiahs, he went on a tour on Europe.

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 313

15. C Karena setelah and adalah noun clause, maka yang diperlukan untuk melengkapi kalimat itu adalah noun clause (struktur paralel). Susunan noun clause adalah : conector + S + V, yaitu : what people eat 16. C Untuk menyatakan kesimpulan di waktu sekarang, gunakan must + V1 (pasti). 17. A Karena rusak oleh gempa bumi, desa itu ditinggalkan oleh penghuninya (the village was left uninhabited). 18. E „Mengapa orang-orang itu panik?‟ „Rumah semi-permanen mereka sedang dihancurkan (are being demolished).‟ 19. A Untuk menyatakan kepastian di waktu lampau, digunakan : must+have+V3. Ia berbicara banyak tentang Pilipina. Ia pasti telah tinggal ( must have lived ) di sana lama. 20. A Biarkan hutan-hutan hujan itu (those) mempertahankan sistem ekologinya. 21. B „Apakah mobilmu baru?‟ „Tidak, aku hanya menyuruh mobil itu dicat (only had it painted) di bengkel kakak.‟ 22. D Verb yang dipakai untuk menyatakan peristiwa yang terjadi sebelum peristiwa lampau (until Kartini opened a school), adalah verb past perfect, yaitu had + V3 (had not been). Arti kalimat itu adalah : Sebelum Kartini membuka sekolah, wanita Indonesia tidak diijinkan pergi ke sekolah. 23. C Sudah jelas 24. E Hujan yang turun (falling) sepanjang hari dan sepanjang malam pasti akan menyebabkan daerah itu banjir. 25. C S + to be + adverb + V3 - Nation (noun) negara - national (adjective) : nasional - nationally (adverb) : secara nasional

BAHASA INGGRIS SMA

Halaman 314

- nationalize (verb) : menasionalkan - nationalization (noun) : nasionalisasi 26. A “Jika semua siswa lulus ujian, guru akan mengadakan pesta untuk mereka di rumahnya.” Kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat pengandaian tipe I, yang menyatakan kemungkinan di waktu mendatang yang masih mungkin terjadi. Jadi arti kalimat itu adalah : Mungkin akan ada pesta. 27. E Tetanggaku adalah pegawai dengan gaji pas-pasan tetapi (nevertheless) ke empat menjadi mahasiswa universitas. - consequently : oleh sebab itu - in addition : disamping itu - otherwise: jika tidak - moreover: terlebih lagi 28. A Yang membuat (That makes) Christine Hakim mejadi artis yang bagus adalah ia bisa memerankan berbagai karakter dengan baik. 29. D Kita akan melakukan perjalana jauh, maka kita harus menyuruh mobil itu dicek ( have the car checked). 30. A Ia tak pernah tertarik dengan matematika sampai (sebelum) ia mendapat guru yang sangat bagus. Dari kalimat itu bisa disimpulkan bahwa sekarang ia menyukai matematika (karena sudah medapat guru yang bagus).